]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
514094f9 | 1 | <?xml version='1.0'?> |
3a54a157 | 2 | <!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" |
eea10b26 | 3 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"> |
db9ecf05 | 4 | <!-- SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later --> |
dd1eb43b | 5 | |
c4d4b5a7 | 6 | <refentry id="systemd.exec" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
7 | <refentryinfo> |
8 | <title>systemd.exec</title> | |
9 | <productname>systemd</productname> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
10 | </refentryinfo> |
11 | ||
12 | <refmeta> | |
13 | <refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle> | |
14 | <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> | |
15 | </refmeta> | |
16 | ||
17 | <refnamediv> | |
18 | <refname>systemd.exec</refname> | |
19 | <refpurpose>Execution environment configuration</refpurpose> | |
20 | </refnamediv> | |
21 | ||
22 | <refsynopsisdiv> | |
23 | <para><filename><replaceable>service</replaceable>.service</filename>, | |
24 | <filename><replaceable>socket</replaceable>.socket</filename>, | |
25 | <filename><replaceable>mount</replaceable>.mount</filename>, | |
26 | <filename><replaceable>swap</replaceable>.swap</filename></para> | |
27 | </refsynopsisdiv> | |
28 | ||
29 | <refsect1> | |
30 | <title>Description</title> | |
31 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
32 | <para>Unit configuration files for services, sockets, mount points, and swap devices share a subset of |
33 | configuration options which define the execution environment of spawned processes.</para> | |
34 | ||
35 | <para>This man page lists the configuration options shared by these four unit types. See | |
36 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the common | |
37 | options of all unit configuration files, and | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
38 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, |
39 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, | |
b8afec21 LP |
40 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.swap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and |
41 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more | |
42 | information on the specific unit configuration files. The execution specific configuration options are configured | |
43 | in the [Service], [Socket], [Mount], or [Swap] sections, depending on the unit type.</para> | |
74b47bbd | 44 | |
c7458f93 | 45 | <para>In addition, options which control resources through Linux Control Groups (cgroups) are listed in |
74b47bbd ZJS |
46 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
47 | Those options complement options listed here.</para> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
48 | </refsect1> |
49 | ||
c129bd5d | 50 | <refsect1> |
45f09f93 JL |
51 | <title>Implicit Dependencies</title> |
52 | ||
53 | <para>A few execution parameters result in additional, automatic dependencies to be added:</para> | |
54 | ||
55 | <itemizedlist> | |
b8afec21 LP |
56 | <listitem><para>Units with <varname>WorkingDirectory=</varname>, <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>, |
57 | <varname>RootImage=</varname>, <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname>, <varname>StateDirectory=</varname>, | |
58 | <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname>, <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname> or | |
59 | <varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname> set automatically gain dependencies of type | |
60 | <varname>Requires=</varname> and <varname>After=</varname> on all mount units required to access the specified | |
b105d413 | 61 | paths. This is equivalent to having them listed explicitly in |
b8afec21 LP |
62 | <varname>RequiresMountsFor=</varname>.</para></listitem> |
63 | ||
3b121157 ZJS |
64 | <listitem><para>Similarly, units with <varname>PrivateTmp=</varname> enabled automatically get mount |
65 | unit dependencies for all mounts required to access <filename>/tmp/</filename> and | |
66 | <filename>/var/tmp/</filename>. They will also gain an automatic <varname>After=</varname> dependency | |
67 | on | |
68 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
69 | </para></listitem> | |
45f09f93 | 70 | |
d2b84355 LP |
71 | <listitem><para>Units whose standard output or error output is connected to <option>journal</option> or |
72 | <option>kmsg</option> (or their combinations with console output, see below) automatically acquire | |
84214541 ZJS |
73 | dependencies of type <varname>After=</varname> on |
74 | <filename>systemd-journald.socket</filename>.</para></listitem> | |
5b0a76d1 LP |
75 | |
76 | <listitem><para>Units using <varname>LogNamespace=</varname> will automatically gain ordering and | |
77 | requirement dependencies on the two socket units associated with | |
78 | <filename>systemd-journald@.service</filename> instances.</para></listitem> | |
45f09f93 | 79 | </itemizedlist> |
c129bd5d LP |
80 | </refsect1> |
81 | ||
45f09f93 JL |
82 | <!-- We don't have any default dependency here. --> |
83 | ||
798d3a52 | 84 | <refsect1> |
b8afec21 | 85 | <title>Paths</title> |
798d3a52 | 86 | |
1448dfa6 AK |
87 | <para>The following settings may be used to change a service's view of the filesystem. Please note that the paths |
88 | must be absolute and must not contain a <literal>..</literal> path component.</para> | |
89 | ||
798d3a52 ZJS |
90 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
91 | ||
8c35c10d | 92 | <varlistentry> |
93 | <term><varname>ExecSearchPath=</varname></term> | |
94 | ||
95 | <listitem><para>Takes a colon separated list of absolute paths relative to which the executable | |
96 | used by the <varname>Exec*=</varname> (e.g. <varname>ExecStart=</varname>, | |
97 | <varname>ExecStop=</varname>, etc.) properties can be found. <varname>ExecSearchPath=</varname> | |
98 | overrides <varname>$PATH</varname> if <varname>$PATH</varname> is not supplied by the user through | |
99 | <varname>Environment=</varname>, <varname>EnvironmentFile=</varname> or | |
100 | <varname>PassEnvironment=</varname>. Assigning an empty string removes previous assignments | |
101 | and setting <varname>ExecSearchPath=</varname> to a value multiple times will append | |
102 | to the previous setting. | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
103 | </para> |
104 | ||
105 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> | |
8c35c10d | 106 | </varlistentry> |
107 | ||
798d3a52 ZJS |
108 | <varlistentry> |
109 | <term><varname>WorkingDirectory=</varname></term> | |
110 | ||
d251207d LP |
111 | <listitem><para>Takes a directory path relative to the service's root directory specified by |
112 | <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>, or the special value <literal>~</literal>. Sets the working directory for | |
113 | executed processes. If set to <literal>~</literal>, the home directory of the user specified in | |
114 | <varname>User=</varname> is used. If not set, defaults to the root directory when systemd is running as a | |
115 | system instance and the respective user's home directory if run as user. If the setting is prefixed with the | |
116 | <literal>-</literal> character, a missing working directory is not considered fatal. If | |
915e6d16 | 117 | <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname> is not set, then |
b105d413 | 118 | <varname>WorkingDirectory=</varname> is relative to the root of the system running the service manager. Note |
915e6d16 LP |
119 | that setting this parameter might result in additional dependencies to be added to the unit (see |
120 | above).</para></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
121 | </varlistentry> |
122 | ||
123 | <varlistentry> | |
124 | <term><varname>RootDirectory=</varname></term> | |
125 | ||
d251207d LP |
126 | <listitem><para>Takes a directory path relative to the host's root directory (i.e. the root of the system |
127 | running the service manager). Sets the root directory for executed processes, with the <citerefentry | |
128 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system | |
129 | call. If this is used, it must be ensured that the process binary and all its auxiliary files are available in | |
130 | the <function>chroot()</function> jail. Note that setting this parameter might result in additional | |
131 | dependencies to be added to the unit (see above).</para> | |
132 | ||
5d997827 | 133 | <para>The <varname>MountAPIVFS=</varname> and <varname>PrivateUsers=</varname> settings are particularly useful |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
134 | in conjunction with <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>. For details, see below.</para> |
135 | ||
09872a6e LP |
136 | <para>If <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname> are used together with |
137 | <varname>NotifyAccess=</varname> the notification socket is automatically mounted from the host into | |
138 | the root environment, to ensure the notification interface can work correctly.</para> | |
139 | ||
140 | <para>Note that services using <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname> will | |
141 | not be able to log via the syslog or journal protocols to the host logging infrastructure, unless the | |
142 | relevant sockets are mounted from the host, specifically:</para> | |
143 | ||
3f37a825 LB |
144 | <para>The host's |
145 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>os-release</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
146 | file will be made available for the service (read-only) as | |
147 | <filename>/run/host/os-release</filename>. | |
148 | It will be updated automatically on soft reboot (see: | |
149 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-soft-reboot.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>), | |
150 | in case the service is configured to survive it.</para> | |
151 | ||
09872a6e LP |
152 | <example> |
153 | <title>Mounting logging sockets into root environment</title> | |
154 | ||
155 | <programlisting>BindReadOnlyPaths=/dev/log /run/systemd/journal/socket /run/systemd/journal/stdout</programlisting> | |
1219bd43 LB |
156 | </example> |
157 | ||
158 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> | |
5d997827 LP |
159 | </varlistentry> |
160 | ||
915e6d16 LP |
161 | <varlistentry> |
162 | <term><varname>RootImage=</varname></term> | |
b8afec21 | 163 | |
19ac32cd LP |
164 | <listitem><para>Takes a path to a block device node or regular file as argument. This call is similar |
165 | to <varname>RootDirectory=</varname> however mounts a file system hierarchy from a block device node | |
166 | or loopback file instead of a directory. The device node or file system image file needs to contain a | |
167 | file system without a partition table, or a file system within an MBR/MS-DOS or GPT partition table | |
168 | with only a single Linux-compatible partition, or a set of file systems within a GPT partition table | |
c8cd6d7b ZJS |
169 | that follows the |
170 | <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification"> | |
171 | Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>.</para> | |
fe65e88b | 172 | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
173 | <para>When <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>closed</literal> or |
174 | <literal>strict</literal>, or set to <literal>auto</literal> and <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname> is | |
175 | set, then this setting adds <filename>/dev/loop-control</filename> with <constant>rw</constant> mode, | |
176 | <literal>block-loop</literal> and <literal>block-blkext</literal> with <constant>rwm</constant> mode | |
177 | to <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>. See | |
fe65e88b YW |
178 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
179 | for the details about <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> or <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>. Also, see | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
180 | <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname> below, as it may change the setting of |
181 | <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname>.</para> | |
182 | ||
33b58dfb LP |
183 | <para>Units making use of <varname>RootImage=</varname> automatically gain an |
184 | <varname>After=</varname> dependency on <filename>systemd-udevd.service</filename>.</para> | |
185 | ||
3f37a825 LB |
186 | <para>The host's |
187 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>os-release</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
188 | file will be made available for the service (read-only) as | |
189 | <filename>/run/host/os-release</filename>. | |
190 | It will be updated automatically on soft reboot (see: | |
191 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-soft-reboot.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>), | |
192 | in case the service is configured to survive it.</para> | |
193 | ||
aefdc112 AK |
194 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
195 | ||
196 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> | |
915e6d16 LP |
197 | </varlistentry> |
198 | ||
18d73705 LB |
199 | <varlistentry> |
200 | <term><varname>RootImageOptions=</varname></term> | |
201 | ||
202 | <listitem><para>Takes a comma-separated list of mount options that will be used on disk images specified by | |
9ece6444 LB |
203 | <varname>RootImage=</varname>. Optionally a partition name can be prefixed, followed by colon, in |
204 | case the image has multiple partitions, otherwise partition name <literal>root</literal> is implied. | |
18d73705 | 205 | Options for multiple partitions can be specified in a single line with space separators. Assigning an empty |
9ece6444 | 206 | string removes previous assignments. Duplicated options are ignored. For a list of valid mount options, please |
21556381 ZJS |
207 | refer to |
208 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
209 | </para> | |
9ece6444 | 210 | |
c8cd6d7b ZJS |
211 | <para>Valid partition names follow the |
212 | <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification"> | |
213 | Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>: | |
170c6593 LP |
214 | <constant>root</constant>, <constant>usr</constant>, <constant>home</constant>, <constant>srv</constant>, |
215 | <constant>esp</constant>, <constant>xbootldr</constant>, <constant>tmp</constant>, | |
216 | <constant>var</constant>.</para> | |
18d73705 | 217 | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
218 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
219 | ||
220 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
18d73705 LB |
221 | </varlistentry> |
222 | ||
9c0c6701 DDM |
223 | <varlistentry> |
224 | <term><varname>RootEphemeral=</varname></term> | |
225 | ||
226 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If enabled, executed processes will run in an ephemeral | |
227 | copy of the root directory or root image. The ephemeral copy is placed in | |
228 | <filename>/var/lib/systemd/ephemeral-trees/</filename> while the service is active and is cleaned up | |
229 | when the service is stopped or restarted. If <varname>RootDirectory=</varname> is used and the root | |
230 | directory is a subvolume, the ephemeral copy will be created by making a snapshot of the subvolume. | |
231 | </para> | |
232 | ||
233 | <para>To make sure making ephemeral copies can be made efficiently, the root directory or root image | |
234 | should be located on the same filesystem as <filename>/var/lib/systemd/ephemeral-trees/</filename>. | |
bf63dadb | 235 | When using <varname>RootEphemeral=</varname> with root directories, |
be57c176 | 236 | <citerefentry project='url'><refentrytitle url='https://btrfs.readthedocs.io/en/latest/btrfs-man5.html'>btrfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
bf63dadb ZJS |
237 | should be used as the filesystem and the root directory should ideally be a subvolume which |
238 | <command>systemd</command> can snapshot to make the ephemeral copy. For root images, a filesystem | |
239 | with support for reflinks should be used to ensure an efficient ephemeral copy.</para> | |
9c0c6701 | 240 | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
241 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
242 | ||
243 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> | |
9c0c6701 DDM |
244 | </varlistentry> |
245 | ||
0389f4fa LB |
246 | <varlistentry> |
247 | <term><varname>RootHash=</varname></term> | |
248 | ||
249 | <listitem><para>Takes a data integrity (dm-verity) root hash specified in hexadecimal, or the path to a file | |
250 | containing a root hash in ASCII hexadecimal format. This option enables data integrity checks using dm-verity, | |
251 | if the used image contains the appropriate integrity data (see above) or if <varname>RootVerity=</varname> is used. | |
252 | The specified hash must match the root hash of integrity data, and is usually at least 256 bits (and hence 64 | |
253 | formatted hexadecimal characters) long (in case of SHA256 for example). If this option is not specified, but | |
254 | the image file carries the <literal>user.verity.roothash</literal> extended file attribute (see <citerefentry | |
255 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>xattr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>), then the root | |
256 | hash is read from it, also as formatted hexadecimal characters. If the extended file attribute is not found (or | |
257 | is not supported by the underlying file system), but a file with the <filename>.roothash</filename> suffix is | |
258 | found next to the image file, bearing otherwise the same name (except if the image has the | |
259 | <filename>.raw</filename> suffix, in which case the root hash file must not have it in its name), the root hash | |
260 | is read from it and automatically used, also as formatted hexadecimal characters.</para> | |
261 | ||
329cde79 LP |
262 | <para>If the disk image contains a separate <filename>/usr/</filename> partition it may also be |
263 | Verity protected, in which case the root hash may configured via an extended attribute | |
264 | <literal>user.verity.usrhash</literal> or a <filename>.usrhash</filename> file adjacent to the disk | |
265 | image. There's currently no option to configure the root hash for the <filename>/usr/</filename> file | |
266 | system via the unit file directly.</para> | |
267 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
268 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
269 | ||
270 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> | |
0389f4fa LB |
271 | </varlistentry> |
272 | ||
d4d55b0d LB |
273 | <varlistentry> |
274 | <term><varname>RootHashSignature=</varname></term> | |
275 | ||
885a4e6c ZJS |
276 | <listitem><para>Takes a PKCS7 signature of the <varname>RootHash=</varname> option as a path to a |
277 | DER-encoded signature file, or as an ASCII base64 string encoding of a DER-encoded signature prefixed | |
278 | by <literal>base64:</literal>. The dm-verity volume will only be opened if the signature of the root | |
279 | hash is valid and signed by a public key present in the kernel keyring. If this option is not | |
280 | specified, but a file with the <filename>.roothash.p7s</filename> suffix is found next to the image | |
281 | file, bearing otherwise the same name (except if the image has the <filename>.raw</filename> suffix, | |
282 | in which case the signature file must not have it in its name), the signature is read from it and | |
283 | automatically used.</para> | |
d4d55b0d | 284 | |
329cde79 LP |
285 | <para>If the disk image contains a separate <filename>/usr/</filename> partition it may also be |
286 | Verity protected, in which case the signature for the root hash may configured via a | |
287 | <filename>.usrhash.p7s</filename> file adjacent to the disk image. There's currently no option to | |
288 | configure the root hash signature for the <filename>/usr/</filename> via the unit file | |
289 | directly.</para> | |
290 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
291 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
292 | ||
293 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> | |
d4d55b0d LB |
294 | </varlistentry> |
295 | ||
0389f4fa LB |
296 | <varlistentry> |
297 | <term><varname>RootVerity=</varname></term> | |
298 | ||
299 | <listitem><para>Takes the path to a data integrity (dm-verity) file. This option enables data integrity checks | |
300 | using dm-verity, if <varname>RootImage=</varname> is used and a root-hash is passed and if the used image itself | |
fe0bdcac | 301 | does not contain the integrity data. The integrity data must be matched by the root hash. If this option is not |
0389f4fa LB |
302 | specified, but a file with the <filename>.verity</filename> suffix is found next to the image file, bearing otherwise |
303 | the same name (except if the image has the <filename>.raw</filename> suffix, in which case the verity data file must | |
304 | not have it in its name), the verity data is read from it and automatically used.</para> | |
305 | ||
6b222c4b LP |
306 | <para>This option is supported only for disk images that contain a single file system, without an |
307 | enveloping partition table. Images that contain a GPT partition table should instead include both | |
c8cd6d7b ZJS |
308 | root file system and matching Verity data in the same image, implementing the |
309 | <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification"> | |
310 | Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>.</para> | |
0389f4fa | 311 | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
312 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
313 | ||
314 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> | |
0389f4fa LB |
315 | </varlistentry> |
316 | ||
9ea81191 LP |
317 | <varlistentry> |
318 | <term><varname>RootImagePolicy=</varname></term> | |
319 | <term><varname>MountImagePolicy=</varname></term> | |
320 | <term><varname>ExtensionImagePolicy=</varname></term> | |
321 | ||
322 | <listitem><para>Takes an image policy string as per | |
323 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.image-policy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
324 | to use when mounting the disk images (DDI) specified in <varname>RootImage=</varname>, | |
325 | <varname>MountImage=</varname>, <varname>ExtensionImage=</varname>, respectively. If not specified | |
326 | the following policy string is the default for <varname>RootImagePolicy=</varname> and <varname>MountImagePolicy</varname>:</para> | |
327 | ||
328 | <programlisting>root=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent: \ | |
329 | usr=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent: \ | |
330 | home=encrypted+unprotected+absent: \ | |
331 | srv=encrypted+unprotected+absent: \ | |
332 | tmp=encrypted+unprotected+absent: \ | |
333 | var=encrypted+unprotected+absent</programlisting> | |
334 | ||
335 | <para>The default policy for <varname>ExtensionImagePolicy=</varname> is:</para> | |
336 | ||
337 | <programlisting>root=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent: \ | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
338 | usr=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent</programlisting> |
339 | ||
340 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> | |
9ea81191 LP |
341 | </varlistentry> |
342 | ||
5d997827 LP |
343 | <varlistentry> |
344 | <term><varname>MountAPIVFS=</varname></term> | |
345 | ||
346 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If on, a private mount namespace for the unit's processes is created | |
94293d65 LB |
347 | and the API file systems <filename>/proc/</filename>, <filename>/sys/</filename>, <filename>/dev/</filename> and |
348 | <filename>/run/</filename> (as an empty <literal>tmpfs</literal>) are mounted inside of it, unless they are | |
349 | already mounted. Note that this option has no effect unless used in conjunction with | |
350 | <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname> as these four mounts are | |
ef3116b5 | 351 | generally mounted in the host anyway, and unless the root directory is changed, the private mount namespace |
94293d65 | 352 | will be a 1:1 copy of the host's, and include these four mounts. Note that the <filename>/dev/</filename> file |
ef3116b5 ZJS |
353 | system of the host is bind mounted if this option is used without <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname>. To run |
354 | the service with a private, minimal version of <filename>/dev/</filename>, combine this option with | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
355 | <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname>.</para> |
356 | ||
6460a89a | 357 | <para>In order to allow propagating mounts at runtime in a safe manner, <filename>/run/systemd/propagate/</filename> |
5e8deb94 | 358 | on the host will be used to set up new mounts, and <filename>/run/host/incoming/</filename> in the private namespace |
aefdc112 AK |
359 | will be used as an intermediate step to store them before being moved to the final mount point.</para> |
360 | ||
361 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
362 | </varlistentry> |
363 | ||
a54342b3 LP |
364 | <varlistentry> |
365 | <term><varname>ProtectProc=</varname></term> | |
366 | ||
367 | <listitem><para>Takes one of <literal>noaccess</literal>, <literal>invisible</literal>, | |
368 | <literal>ptraceable</literal> or <literal>default</literal> (which it defaults to). When set, this | |
369 | controls the <literal>hidepid=</literal> mount option of the <literal>procfs</literal> instance for | |
370 | the unit that controls which directories with process metainformation | |
371 | (<filename>/proc/<replaceable>PID</replaceable></filename>) are visible and accessible: when set to | |
372 | <literal>noaccess</literal> the ability to access most of other users' process metadata in | |
373 | <filename>/proc/</filename> is taken away for processes of the service. When set to | |
374 | <literal>invisible</literal> processes owned by other users are hidden from | |
375 | <filename>/proc/</filename>. If <literal>ptraceable</literal> all processes that cannot be | |
376 | <function>ptrace()</function>'ed by a process are hidden to it. If <literal>default</literal> no | |
377 | restrictions on <filename>/proc/</filename> access or visibility are made. For further details see | |
0e685823 | 378 | <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/proc.html#mount-options">The /proc |
a54342b3 LP |
379 | Filesystem</ulink>. It is generally recommended to run most system services with this option set to |
380 | <literal>invisible</literal>. This option is implemented via file system namespacing, and thus cannot | |
381 | be used with services that shall be able to install mount points in the host file system | |
301e7cd0 LB |
382 | hierarchy. Note that the root user is unaffected by this option, so to be effective it has to be used |
383 | together with <varname>User=</varname> or <varname>DynamicUser=yes</varname>, and also without the | |
384 | <literal>CAP_SYS_PTRACE</literal> capability, which also allows a process to bypass this feature. It | |
385 | cannot be used for services that need to access metainformation about other users' processes. This | |
386 | option implies <varname>MountAPIVFS=</varname>.</para> | |
a54342b3 LP |
387 | |
388 | <para>If the kernel doesn't support per-mount point <option>hidepid=</option> mount options this | |
389 | setting remains without effect, and the unit's processes will be able to access and see other process | |
390 | as if the option was not used.</para> | |
391 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
392 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
393 | ||
394 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
a54342b3 LP |
395 | </varlistentry> |
396 | ||
397 | <varlistentry> | |
398 | <term><varname>ProcSubset=</varname></term> | |
399 | ||
400 | <listitem><para>Takes one of <literal>all</literal> (the default) and <literal>pid</literal>. If | |
75909cc7 ZJS |
401 | <literal>pid</literal>, all files and directories not directly associated with process management and |
402 | introspection are made invisible in the <filename>/proc/</filename> file system configured for the | |
403 | unit's processes. This controls the <literal>subset=</literal> mount option of the | |
404 | <literal>procfs</literal> instance for the unit. For further details see <ulink | |
0e685823 | 405 | url="https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/proc.html#mount-options">The /proc |
a54342b3 LP |
406 | Filesystem</ulink>. Note that Linux exposes various kernel APIs via <filename>/proc/</filename>, |
407 | which are made unavailable with this setting. Since these APIs are used frequently this option is | |
408 | useful only in a few, specific cases, and is not suitable for most non-trivial programs.</para> | |
409 | ||
410 | <para>Much like <varname>ProtectProc=</varname> above, this is implemented via file system mount | |
411 | namespacing, and hence the same restrictions apply: it is only available to system services, it | |
412 | disables mount propagation to the host mount table, and it implies | |
413 | <varname>MountAPIVFS=</varname>. Also, like <varname>ProtectProc=</varname> this setting is gracefully | |
414 | disabled if the used kernel does not support the <literal>subset=</literal> mount option of | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
415 | <literal>procfs</literal>.</para> |
416 | ||
417 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
a54342b3 LP |
418 | </varlistentry> |
419 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
420 | <varlistentry> |
421 | <term><varname>BindPaths=</varname></term> | |
422 | <term><varname>BindReadOnlyPaths=</varname></term> | |
423 | ||
424 | <listitem><para>Configures unit-specific bind mounts. A bind mount makes a particular file or directory | |
425 | available at an additional place in the unit's view of the file system. Any bind mounts created with this | |
426 | option are specific to the unit, and are not visible in the host's mount table. This option expects a | |
427 | whitespace separated list of bind mount definitions. Each definition consists of a colon-separated triple of | |
428 | source path, destination path and option string, where the latter two are optional. If only a source path is | |
429 | specified the source and destination is taken to be the same. The option string may be either | |
430 | <literal>rbind</literal> or <literal>norbind</literal> for configuring a recursive or non-recursive bind | |
4ca763a9 YW |
431 | mount. If the destination path is omitted, the option string must be omitted too. |
432 | Each bind mount definition may be prefixed with <literal>-</literal>, in which case it will be ignored | |
433 | when its source path does not exist.</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
434 | |
435 | <para><varname>BindPaths=</varname> creates regular writable bind mounts (unless the source file system mount | |
436 | is already marked read-only), while <varname>BindReadOnlyPaths=</varname> creates read-only bind mounts. These | |
437 | settings may be used more than once, each usage appends to the unit's list of bind mounts. If the empty string | |
438 | is assigned to either of these two options the entire list of bind mounts defined prior to this is reset. Note | |
439 | that in this case both read-only and regular bind mounts are reset, regardless which of the two settings is | |
440 | used.</para> | |
441 | ||
442 | <para>This option is particularly useful when <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname> | |
443 | is used. In this case the source path refers to a path on the host file system, while the destination path | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
444 | refers to a path below the root directory of the unit.</para> |
445 | ||
b105d413 | 446 | <para>Note that the destination directory must exist or systemd must be able to create it. Thus, it |
db8d154d ZJS |
447 | is not possible to use those options for mount points nested underneath paths specified in |
448 | <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname>, or under <filename>/home/</filename> and other protected | |
449 | directories if <varname>ProtectHome=yes</varname> is | |
450 | specified. <varname>TemporaryFileSystem=</varname> with <literal>:ro</literal> or | |
aefdc112 AK |
451 | <varname>ProtectHome=tmpfs</varname> should be used instead.</para> |
452 | ||
453 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
454 | </varlistentry> |
455 | ||
b3d13314 LB |
456 | <varlistentry> |
457 | <term><varname>MountImages=</varname></term> | |
458 | ||
459 | <listitem><para>This setting is similar to <varname>RootImage=</varname> in that it mounts a file | |
460 | system hierarchy from a block device node or loopback file, but the destination directory can be | |
461 | specified as well as mount options. This option expects a whitespace separated list of mount | |
462 | definitions. Each definition consists of a colon-separated tuple of source path and destination | |
427353f6 LB |
463 | definitions, optionally followed by another colon and a list of mount options.</para> |
464 | ||
465 | <para>Mount options may be defined as a single comma-separated list of options, in which case they | |
466 | will be implicitly applied to the root partition on the image, or a series of colon-separated tuples | |
467 | of partition name and mount options. Valid partition names and mount options are the same as for | |
468 | <varname>RootImageOptions=</varname> setting described above.</para> | |
469 | ||
470 | <para>Each mount definition may be prefixed with <literal>-</literal>, in which case it will be | |
b3d13314 LB |
471 | ignored when its source path does not exist. The source argument is a path to a block device node or |
472 | regular file. If source or destination contain a <literal>:</literal>, it needs to be escaped as | |
427353f6 LB |
473 | <literal>\:</literal>. The device node or file system image file needs to follow the same rules as |
474 | specified for <varname>RootImage=</varname>. Any mounts created with this option are specific to the | |
475 | unit, and are not visible in the host's mount table.</para> | |
b3d13314 LB |
476 | |
477 | <para>These settings may be used more than once, each usage appends to the unit's list of mount | |
478 | paths. If the empty string is assigned, the entire list of mount paths defined prior to this is | |
479 | reset.</para> | |
480 | ||
b105d413 | 481 | <para>Note that the destination directory must exist or systemd must be able to create it. Thus, it |
b3d13314 LB |
482 | is not possible to use those options for mount points nested underneath paths specified in |
483 | <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname>, or under <filename>/home/</filename> and other protected | |
484 | directories if <varname>ProtectHome=yes</varname> is specified.</para> | |
485 | ||
486 | <para>When <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>closed</literal> or | |
487 | <literal>strict</literal>, or set to <literal>auto</literal> and <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname> is | |
488 | set, then this setting adds <filename>/dev/loop-control</filename> with <constant>rw</constant> mode, | |
489 | <literal>block-loop</literal> and <literal>block-blkext</literal> with <constant>rwm</constant> mode | |
490 | to <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>. See | |
93f59701 LB |
491 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
492 | for the details about <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> or <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>. Also, see | |
493 | <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname> below, as it may change the setting of | |
494 | <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname>.</para> | |
495 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
496 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
497 | ||
498 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
93f59701 LB |
499 | </varlistentry> |
500 | ||
501 | <varlistentry> | |
502 | <term><varname>ExtensionImages=</varname></term> | |
503 | ||
504 | <listitem><para>This setting is similar to <varname>MountImages=</varname> in that it mounts a file | |
be0d27ee ZJS |
505 | system hierarchy from a block device node or loopback file, but instead of providing a destination |
506 | path, an overlay will be set up. This option expects a whitespace separated list of mount | |
507 | definitions. Each definition consists of a source path, optionally followed by a colon and a list of | |
508 | mount options.</para> | |
93f59701 LB |
509 | |
510 | <para>A read-only OverlayFS will be set up on top of <filename>/usr/</filename> and | |
d07246a6 MG |
511 | <filename>/opt/</filename> hierarchies for sysext images and <filename>/etc/</filename> |
512 | hierarchy for confext images. The order in which the images are listed will determine the | |
be0d27ee ZJS |
513 | order in which the overlay is laid down: images specified first to last will result in overlayfs |
514 | layers bottom to top.</para> | |
93f59701 LB |
515 | |
516 | <para>Mount options may be defined as a single comma-separated list of options, in which case they | |
517 | will be implicitly applied to the root partition on the image, or a series of colon-separated tuples | |
518 | of partition name and mount options. Valid partition names and mount options are the same as for | |
519 | <varname>RootImageOptions=</varname> setting described above.</para> | |
520 | ||
521 | <para>Each mount definition may be prefixed with <literal>-</literal>, in which case it will be | |
522 | ignored when its source path does not exist. The source argument is a path to a block device node or | |
523 | regular file. If the source path contains a <literal>:</literal>, it needs to be escaped as | |
524 | <literal>\:</literal>. The device node or file system image file needs to follow the same rules as | |
525 | specified for <varname>RootImage=</varname>. Any mounts created with this option are specific to the | |
526 | unit, and are not visible in the host's mount table.</para> | |
527 | ||
528 | <para>These settings may be used more than once, each usage appends to the unit's list of image | |
529 | paths. If the empty string is assigned, the entire list of mount paths defined prior to this is | |
530 | reset.</para> | |
531 | ||
d07246a6 MG |
532 | <para>Each sysext image must carry a <filename>/usr/lib/extension-release.d/extension-release.IMAGE</filename> |
533 | file while each confext image must carry a <filename>/etc/extension-release.d/extension-release.IMAGE</filename> | |
9c8b6eaa LB |
534 | file, with the appropriate metadata which matches <varname>RootImage=</varname>/<varname>RootDirectory=</varname> |
535 | or the host. See: | |
06768b90 LB |
536 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>os-release</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
537 | To disable the safety check that the extension-release file name matches the image file name, the | |
538 | <varname>x-systemd.relax-extension-release-check</varname> mount option may be appended.</para> | |
9c8b6eaa | 539 | |
93f59701 LB |
540 | <para>When <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>closed</literal> or |
541 | <literal>strict</literal>, or set to <literal>auto</literal> and <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname> is | |
542 | set, then this setting adds <filename>/dev/loop-control</filename> with <constant>rw</constant> mode, | |
543 | <literal>block-loop</literal> and <literal>block-blkext</literal> with <constant>rwm</constant> mode | |
544 | to <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>. See | |
b3d13314 LB |
545 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
546 | for the details about <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> or <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>. Also, see | |
547 | <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname> below, as it may change the setting of | |
548 | <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname>.</para> | |
549 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
550 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
551 | ||
552 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> | |
b3d13314 | 553 | </varlistentry> |
a07b9926 LB |
554 | |
555 | <varlistentry> | |
556 | <term><varname>ExtensionDirectories=</varname></term> | |
557 | ||
558 | <listitem><para>This setting is similar to <varname>BindReadOnlyPaths=</varname> in that it mounts a file | |
559 | system hierarchy from a directory, but instead of providing a destination path, an overlay will be set | |
560 | up. This option expects a whitespace separated list of source directories.</para> | |
561 | ||
562 | <para>A read-only OverlayFS will be set up on top of <filename>/usr/</filename> and | |
d07246a6 MG |
563 | <filename>/opt/</filename> hierarchies for sysext images and <filename>/etc/</filename> |
564 | hierarchy for confext images. The order in which the directories are listed will determine | |
a07b9926 LB |
565 | the order in which the overlay is laid down: directories specified first to last will result in overlayfs |
566 | layers bottom to top.</para> | |
567 | ||
568 | <para>Each directory listed in <varname>ExtensionDirectories=</varname> may be prefixed with <literal>-</literal>, | |
569 | in which case it will be ignored when its source path does not exist. Any mounts created with this option are | |
570 | specific to the unit, and are not visible in the host's mount table.</para> | |
571 | ||
572 | <para>These settings may be used more than once, each usage appends to the unit's list of directories | |
573 | paths. If the empty string is assigned, the entire list of mount paths defined prior to this is | |
574 | reset.</para> | |
575 | ||
d07246a6 MG |
576 | <para>Each sysext directory must contain a <filename>/usr/lib/extension-release.d/extension-release.IMAGE</filename> |
577 | file while each confext directory must carry a <filename>/etc/extension-release.d/extension-release.IMAGE</filename> | |
a07b9926 LB |
578 | file, with the appropriate metadata which matches <varname>RootImage=</varname>/<varname>RootDirectory=</varname> |
579 | or the host. See: | |
580 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>os-release</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> | |
581 | ||
24759d8f | 582 | <para>Note that usage from user units requires overlayfs support in unprivileged user namespaces, |
1219bd43 LB |
583 | which was first introduced in kernel v5.11.</para> |
584 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
585 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
586 | ||
587 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> | |
a07b9926 | 588 | </varlistentry> |
b8afec21 LP |
589 | </variablelist> |
590 | </refsect1> | |
591 | ||
592 | <refsect1> | |
95aa3937 | 593 | <title>User/Group Identity</title> |
b8afec21 | 594 | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
595 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="plural"/> |
596 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
597 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
598 | ||
798d3a52 ZJS |
599 | <varlistentry> |
600 | <term><varname>User=</varname></term> | |
601 | <term><varname>Group=</varname></term> | |
602 | ||
29206d46 | 603 | <listitem><para>Set the UNIX user or group that the processes are executed as, respectively. Takes a single |
b8afec21 LP |
604 | user or group name, or a numeric ID as argument. For system services (services run by the system service |
605 | manager, i.e. managed by PID 1) and for user services of the root user (services managed by root's instance of | |
47da760e LP |
606 | <command>systemd --user</command>), the default is <literal>root</literal>, but <varname>User=</varname> may be |
607 | used to specify a different user. For user services of any other user, switching user identity is not | |
608 | permitted, hence the only valid setting is the same user the user's service manager is running as. If no group | |
609 | is set, the default group of the user is used. This setting does not affect commands whose command line is | |
565dab8e LP |
610 | prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para> |
611 | ||
887a8fa3 LP |
612 | <para>Note that this enforces only weak restrictions on the user/group name syntax, but will generate |
613 | warnings in many cases where user/group names do not adhere to the following rules: the specified | |
614 | name should consist only of the characters a-z, A-Z, 0-9, <literal>_</literal> and | |
615 | <literal>-</literal>, except for the first character which must be one of a-z, A-Z and | |
616 | <literal>_</literal> (i.e. digits and <literal>-</literal> are not permitted as first character). The | |
617 | user/group name must have at least one character, and at most 31. These restrictions are made in | |
618 | order to avoid ambiguities and to ensure user/group names and unit files remain portable among Linux | |
619 | systems. For further details on the names accepted and the names warned about see <ulink | |
620 | url="https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES">User/Group Name Syntax</ulink>.</para> | |
565dab8e LP |
621 | |
622 | <para>When used in conjunction with <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> the user/group name specified is | |
ba96a8a2 LP |
623 | dynamically allocated at the time the service is started, and released at the time the service is |
624 | stopped — unless it is already allocated statically (see below). If <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> | |
625 | is not used the specified user and group must have been created statically in the user database no | |
626 | later than the moment the service is started, for example using the | |
627 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysusers.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
628 | facility, which is applied at boot or package install time. If the user does not exist by then | |
629 | program invocation will fail.</para> | |
b042dd68 LP |
630 | |
631 | <para>If the <varname>User=</varname> setting is used the supplementary group list is initialized | |
632 | from the specified user's default group list, as defined in the system's user and group | |
633 | database. Additional groups may be configured through the <varname>SupplementaryGroups=</varname> | |
634 | setting (see below).</para></listitem> | |
29206d46 LP |
635 | </varlistentry> |
636 | ||
637 | <varlistentry> | |
638 | <term><varname>DynamicUser=</varname></term> | |
639 | ||
c648d4d4 LP |
640 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter. If set, a UNIX user and group pair is allocated |
641 | dynamically when the unit is started, and released as soon as it is stopped. The user and group will | |
642 | not be added to <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> or <filename>/etc/group</filename>, but are managed | |
643 | transiently during runtime. The | |
644 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nss-systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> glibc | |
645 | NSS module provides integration of these dynamic users/groups into the system's user and group | |
29206d46 | 646 | databases. The user and group name to use may be configured via <varname>User=</varname> and |
c648d4d4 LP |
647 | <varname>Group=</varname> (see above). If these options are not used and dynamic user/group |
648 | allocation is enabled for a unit, the name of the dynamic user/group is implicitly derived from the | |
649 | unit name. If the unit name without the type suffix qualifies as valid user name it is used directly, | |
650 | otherwise a name incorporating a hash of it is used. If a statically allocated user or group of the | |
651 | configured name already exists, it is used and no dynamic user/group is allocated. Note that if | |
652 | <varname>User=</varname> is specified and the static group with the name exists, then it is required | |
653 | that the static user with the name already exists. Similarly, if <varname>Group=</varname> is | |
654 | specified and the static user with the name exists, then it is required that the static group with | |
655 | the name already exists. Dynamic users/groups are allocated from the UID/GID range 61184…65519. It is | |
b105d413 | 656 | recommended to avoid this range for regular system or login users. At any point in time each UID/GID |
c648d4d4 LP |
657 | from this range is only assigned to zero or one dynamically allocated users/groups in use. However, |
658 | UID/GIDs are recycled after a unit is terminated. Care should be taken that any processes running as | |
659 | part of a unit for which dynamic users/groups are enabled do not leave files or directories owned by | |
660 | these users/groups around, as a different unit might get the same UID/GID assigned later on, and thus | |
661 | gain access to these files or directories. If <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> is enabled, | |
e0e65f7d LP |
662 | <varname>RemoveIPC=</varname> and <varname>PrivateTmp=</varname> are implied (and cannot be turned |
663 | off). This ensures that the lifetime of IPC objects and temporary files created by the executed | |
664 | processes is bound to the runtime of the service, and hence the lifetime of the dynamic | |
665 | user/group. Since <filename>/tmp/</filename> and <filename>/var/tmp/</filename> are usually the only | |
666 | world-writable directories on a system this ensures that a unit making use of dynamic user/group | |
667 | allocation cannot leave files around after unit termination. Furthermore | |
668 | <varname>NoNewPrivileges=</varname> and <varname>RestrictSUIDSGID=</varname> are implicitly enabled | |
669 | (and cannot be disabled), to ensure that processes invoked cannot take benefit or create SUID/SGID | |
670 | files or directories. Moreover <varname>ProtectSystem=strict</varname> and | |
c648d4d4 LP |
671 | <varname>ProtectHome=read-only</varname> are implied, thus prohibiting the service to write to |
672 | arbitrary file system locations. In order to allow the service to write to certain directories, they | |
6b000af4 | 673 | have to be allow-listed using <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname>, but care must be taken so that |
c648d4d4 LP |
674 | UID/GID recycling doesn't create security issues involving files created by the service. Use |
675 | <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname> (see below) in order to assign a writable runtime directory to a | |
676 | service, owned by the dynamic user/group and removed automatically when the unit is terminated. Use | |
677 | <varname>StateDirectory=</varname>, <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname> and | |
678 | <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname> in order to assign a set of writable directories for specific | |
679 | purposes to the service in a way that they are protected from vulnerabilities due to UID reuse (see | |
680 | below). If this option is enabled, care should be taken that the unit's processes do not get access | |
681 | to directories outside of these explicitly configured and managed ones. Specifically, do not use | |
682 | <varname>BindPaths=</varname> and be careful with <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> file descriptor | |
683 | passing for directory file descriptors, as this would permit processes to create files or directories | |
de04bbdc | 684 | owned by the dynamic user/group that are not subject to the lifecycle and access guarantees of the |
0a207d8f LB |
685 | service. Note that this option is currently incompatible with D-Bus policies, thus a service using |
686 | this option may currently not allocate a D-Bus service name (note that this does not affect calling | |
aefdc112 AK |
687 | into other D-Bus services). Defaults to off.</para> |
688 | ||
689 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
690 | </varlistentry> |
691 | ||
692 | <varlistentry> | |
693 | <term><varname>SupplementaryGroups=</varname></term> | |
694 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
695 | <listitem><para>Sets the supplementary Unix groups the processes are executed as. This takes a space-separated |
696 | list of group names or IDs. This option may be specified more than once, in which case all listed groups are | |
697 | set as supplementary groups. When the empty string is assigned, the list of supplementary groups is reset, and | |
698 | all assignments prior to this one will have no effect. In any way, this option does not override, but extends | |
699 | the list of supplementary groups configured in the system group database for the user. This does not affect | |
700 | commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
701 | </varlistentry> |
702 | ||
854eca4a MY |
703 | <varlistentry> |
704 | <term><varname>SetLoginEnvironment=</varname></term> | |
705 | ||
d1a5be82 LP |
706 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter that controls whether to set the <varname>$HOME</varname>, |
707 | <varname>$LOGNAME</varname>, and <varname>$SHELL</varname> environment variables. If not set, this | |
708 | defaults to true if <varname>User=</varname>, <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> or | |
709 | <varname>PAMName=</varname> are set, false otherwise. If set to true, the variables will always be | |
710 | set for system services, i.e. even when the default user <literal>root</literal> is used. If set to | |
711 | false, the mentioned variables are not set by the service manager, no matter whether | |
712 | <varname>User=</varname>, <varname>DynamicUser=</varname>, or <varname>PAMName=</varname> are used or | |
713 | not. This option normally has no effect on services of the per-user service manager, since in that | |
714 | case these variables are typically inherited from user manager's own environment anyway.</para> | |
854eca4a MY |
715 | |
716 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> | |
717 | </varlistentry> | |
718 | ||
00d9ef85 | 719 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 720 | <term><varname>PAMName=</varname></term> |
00d9ef85 | 721 | |
b8afec21 LP |
722 | <listitem><para>Sets the PAM service name to set up a session as. If set, the executed process will be |
723 | registered as a PAM session under the specified service name. This is only useful in conjunction with the | |
724 | <varname>User=</varname> setting, and is otherwise ignored. If not set, no PAM session will be opened for the | |
725 | executed processes. See <citerefentry | |
726 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
727 | details.</para> | |
00d9ef85 | 728 | |
b8afec21 LP |
729 | <para>Note that for each unit making use of this option a PAM session handler process will be maintained as |
730 | part of the unit and stays around as long as the unit is active, to ensure that appropriate actions can be | |
731 | taken when the unit and hence the PAM session terminates. This process is named <literal>(sd-pam)</literal> and | |
732 | is an immediate child process of the unit's main process.</para> | |
798d3a52 | 733 | |
b8afec21 LP |
734 | <para>Note that when this option is used for a unit it is very likely (depending on PAM configuration) that the |
735 | main unit process will be migrated to its own session scope unit when it is activated. This process will hence | |
736 | be associated with two units: the unit it was originally started from (and for which | |
737 | <varname>PAMName=</varname> was configured), and the session scope unit. Any child processes of that process | |
738 | will however be associated with the session scope unit only. This has implications when used in combination | |
739 | with <varname>NotifyAccess=</varname><option>all</option>, as these child processes will not be able to affect | |
740 | changes in the original unit through notification messages. These messages will be considered belonging to the | |
741 | session scope unit and not the original unit. It is hence not recommended to use <varname>PAMName=</varname> in | |
742 | combination with <varname>NotifyAccess=</varname><option>all</option>.</para> | |
743 | </listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
744 | </varlistentry> |
745 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
746 | </variablelist> |
747 | </refsect1> | |
798d3a52 | 748 | |
b8afec21 LP |
749 | <refsect1> |
750 | <title>Capabilities</title> | |
798d3a52 | 751 | |
1219bd43 | 752 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="plural"/> |
c4d4b5a7 | 753 | |
b8afec21 | 754 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
755 | |
756 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 LP |
757 | <term><varname>CapabilityBoundingSet=</varname></term> |
758 | ||
b2af819b LP |
759 | <listitem><para>Controls which capabilities to include in the capability bounding set for the |
760 | executed process. See <citerefentry | |
761 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>capabilities</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
762 | for details. Takes a whitespace-separated list of capability names, | |
763 | e.g. <constant>CAP_SYS_ADMIN</constant>, <constant>CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE</constant>, | |
764 | <constant>CAP_SYS_PTRACE</constant>. Capabilities listed will be included in the bounding set, all | |
765 | others are removed. If the list of capabilities is prefixed with <literal>~</literal>, all but the | |
766 | listed capabilities will be included, the effect of the assignment inverted. Note that this option | |
767 | also affects the respective capabilities in the effective, permitted and inheritable capability | |
768 | sets. If this option is not used, the capability bounding set is not modified on process execution, | |
769 | hence no limits on the capabilities of the process are enforced. This option may appear more than | |
770 | once, in which case the bounding sets are merged by <constant>OR</constant>, or by | |
771 | <constant>AND</constant> if the lines are prefixed with <literal>~</literal> (see below). If the | |
772 | empty string is assigned to this option, the bounding set is reset to the empty capability set, and | |
b105d413 | 773 | all prior settings have no effect. If set to <literal>~</literal> (without any further argument), |
b2af819b LP |
774 | the bounding set is reset to the full set of available capabilities, also undoing any previous |
775 | settings. This does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para> | |
776 | ||
777 | <para>Use | |
778 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-analyze</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s | |
779 | <command>capability</command> command to retrieve a list of capabilities defined on the local | |
780 | system.</para> | |
798d3a52 | 781 | |
b8afec21 LP |
782 | <para>Example: if a unit has the following, |
783 | <programlisting>CapabilityBoundingSet=CAP_A CAP_B | |
784 | CapabilityBoundingSet=CAP_B CAP_C</programlisting> | |
f8b68539 | 785 | then <constant index='false'>CAP_A</constant>, <constant index='false'>CAP_B</constant>, and |
b105d413 | 786 | <constant index='false'>CAP_C</constant> are set. If the second line is prefixed with |
f8b68539 | 787 | <literal>~</literal>, e.g., |
b8afec21 LP |
788 | <programlisting>CapabilityBoundingSet=CAP_A CAP_B |
789 | CapabilityBoundingSet=~CAP_B CAP_C</programlisting> | |
f8b68539 | 790 | then, only <constant index='false'>CAP_A</constant> is set.</para></listitem> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
791 | </varlistentry> |
792 | ||
793 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 794 | <term><varname>AmbientCapabilities=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 795 | |
b8afec21 LP |
796 | <listitem><para>Controls which capabilities to include in the ambient capability set for the executed |
797 | process. Takes a whitespace-separated list of capability names, e.g. <constant>CAP_SYS_ADMIN</constant>, | |
798 | <constant>CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE</constant>, <constant>CAP_SYS_PTRACE</constant>. This option may appear more than | |
b105d413 | 799 | once, in which case the ambient capability sets are merged (see the above examples in |
b8afec21 LP |
800 | <varname>CapabilityBoundingSet=</varname>). If the list of capabilities is prefixed with <literal>~</literal>, |
801 | all but the listed capabilities will be included, the effect of the assignment inverted. If the empty string is | |
802 | assigned to this option, the ambient capability set is reset to the empty capability set, and all prior | |
b105d413 | 803 | settings have no effect. If set to <literal>~</literal> (without any further argument), the ambient capability |
b8afec21 | 804 | set is reset to the full set of available capabilities, also undoing any previous settings. Note that adding |
b105d413 | 805 | capabilities to the ambient capability set adds them to the process's inherited capability set. </para><para> |
b8afec21 | 806 | Ambient capability sets are useful if you want to execute a process as a non-privileged user but still want to |
b105d413 | 807 | give it some capabilities. Note that in this case option <constant>keep-caps</constant> is automatically added |
b8afec21 LP |
808 | to <varname>SecureBits=</varname> to retain the capabilities over the user |
809 | change. <varname>AmbientCapabilities=</varname> does not affect commands prefixed with | |
aefdc112 AK |
810 | <literal>+</literal>.</para> |
811 | ||
812 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
813 | </varlistentry> |
814 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
815 | </variablelist> |
816 | </refsect1> | |
798d3a52 | 817 | |
b8afec21 LP |
818 | <refsect1> |
819 | <title>Security</title> | |
798d3a52 | 820 | |
b8afec21 | 821 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
822 | |
823 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 824 | <term><varname>NoNewPrivileges=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 825 | |
7445db6e LP |
826 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, ensures that the service process and all its |
827 | children can never gain new privileges through <function>execve()</function> (e.g. via setuid or | |
828 | setgid bits, or filesystem capabilities). This is the simplest and most effective way to ensure that | |
24832d10 ILG |
829 | a process and its children can never elevate privileges again. Defaults to false. In case the service |
830 | will be run in a new mount namespace anyway and SELinux is disabled, all file systems are mounted with | |
831 | <constant>MS_NOSUID</constant> flag. Also see <ulink | |
832 | url="https://docs.kernel.org/userspace-api/no_new_privs.html">No New Privileges Flag</ulink>. | |
c8cd6d7b | 833 | </para> |
5bdf35c1 LP |
834 | |
835 | <para>Note that this setting only has an effect on the unit's processes themselves (or any processes | |
836 | directly or indirectly forked off them). It has no effect on processes potentially invoked on request | |
837 | of them through tools such as <citerefentry | |
8b9f0921 | 838 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>at</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, |
5bdf35c1 | 839 | <citerefentry |
8b9f0921 | 840 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, |
5bdf35c1 | 841 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-run</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or |
aefdc112 AK |
842 | arbitrary IPC services.</para> |
843 | ||
844 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v187"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
845 | </varlistentry> |
846 | ||
847 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 848 | <term><varname>SecureBits=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 849 | |
b8afec21 LP |
850 | <listitem><para>Controls the secure bits set for the executed process. Takes a space-separated combination of |
851 | options from the following list: <option>keep-caps</option>, <option>keep-caps-locked</option>, | |
852 | <option>no-setuid-fixup</option>, <option>no-setuid-fixup-locked</option>, <option>noroot</option>, and | |
b105d413 | 853 | <option>noroot-locked</option>. This option may appear more than once, in which case the secure bits are |
b8afec21 | 854 | ORed. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the bits are reset to 0. This does not affect commands |
b105d413 | 855 | prefixed with <literal>+</literal>. See <citerefentry |
b8afec21 LP |
856 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>capabilities</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
857 | details.</para></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
858 | </varlistentry> |
859 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
860 | </variablelist> |
861 | </refsect1> | |
798d3a52 | 862 | |
b8afec21 LP |
863 | <refsect1> |
864 | <title>Mandatory Access Control</title> | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
865 | |
866 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="plural"/> | |
867 | ||
e0e2ecd5 | 868 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
798d3a52 | 869 | |
798d3a52 | 870 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 LP |
871 | <term><varname>SELinuxContext=</varname></term> |
872 | ||
873 | <listitem><para>Set the SELinux security context of the executed process. If set, this will override the | |
874 | automated domain transition. However, the policy still needs to authorize the transition. This directive is | |
006d1864 TM |
875 | ignored if SELinux is disabled. If prefixed by <literal>-</literal>, failing to set the SELinux |
876 | security context will be ignored, but it's still possible that the subsequent | |
877 | <function>execve()</function> may fail if the policy doesn't allow the transition for the | |
b105d413 | 878 | non-overridden context. This does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>. See |
006d1864 TM |
879 | <citerefentry |
880 | project='die-net'><refentrytitle>setexeccon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
aefdc112 AK |
881 | for details.</para> |
882 | ||
883 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
884 | </varlistentry> |
885 | ||
b4c14404 | 886 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 887 | <term><varname>AppArmorProfile=</varname></term> |
b4c14404 | 888 | |
e9dd6984 ZJS |
889 | <listitem><para>Takes a profile name as argument. The process executed by the unit will switch to |
890 | this profile when started. Profiles must already be loaded in the kernel, or the unit will fail. If | |
891 | prefixed by <literal>-</literal>, all errors will be ignored. This setting has no effect if AppArmor | |
885a4e6c | 892 | is not enabled. This setting does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para> |
aefdc112 AK |
893 | |
894 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v210"/> | |
e9dd6984 | 895 | </listitem> |
b8afec21 | 896 | </varlistentry> |
00819cc1 | 897 | |
b8afec21 LP |
898 | <varlistentry> |
899 | <term><varname>SmackProcessLabel=</varname></term> | |
b4c14404 | 900 | |
b8afec21 LP |
901 | <listitem><para>Takes a <option>SMACK64</option> security label as argument. The process executed by the unit |
902 | will be started under this label and SMACK will decide whether the process is allowed to run or not, based on | |
903 | it. The process will continue to run under the label specified here unless the executable has its own | |
904 | <option>SMACK64EXEC</option> label, in which case the process will transition to run under that label. When not | |
905 | specified, the label that systemd is running under is used. This directive is ignored if SMACK is | |
906 | disabled.</para> | |
b4c14404 | 907 | |
b8afec21 LP |
908 | <para>The value may be prefixed by <literal>-</literal>, in which case all errors will be ignored. An empty |
909 | value may be specified to unset previous assignments. This does not affect commands prefixed with | |
aefdc112 AK |
910 | <literal>+</literal>.</para> |
911 | ||
912 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> | |
b4c14404 FB |
913 | </varlistentry> |
914 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
915 | </variablelist> |
916 | </refsect1> | |
00819cc1 | 917 | |
b8afec21 LP |
918 | <refsect1> |
919 | <title>Process Properties</title> | |
00819cc1 | 920 | |
e0e2ecd5 | 921 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
00819cc1 | 922 | |
798d3a52 | 923 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 LP |
924 | <term><varname>LimitCPU=</varname></term> |
925 | <term><varname>LimitFSIZE=</varname></term> | |
926 | <term><varname>LimitDATA=</varname></term> | |
927 | <term><varname>LimitSTACK=</varname></term> | |
928 | <term><varname>LimitCORE=</varname></term> | |
929 | <term><varname>LimitRSS=</varname></term> | |
930 | <term><varname>LimitNOFILE=</varname></term> | |
931 | <term><varname>LimitAS=</varname></term> | |
932 | <term><varname>LimitNPROC=</varname></term> | |
933 | <term><varname>LimitMEMLOCK=</varname></term> | |
934 | <term><varname>LimitLOCKS=</varname></term> | |
935 | <term><varname>LimitSIGPENDING=</varname></term> | |
936 | <term><varname>LimitMSGQUEUE=</varname></term> | |
937 | <term><varname>LimitNICE=</varname></term> | |
938 | <term><varname>LimitRTPRIO=</varname></term> | |
939 | <term><varname>LimitRTTIME=</varname></term> | |
fc8d0381 | 940 | |
b8afec21 | 941 | <listitem><para>Set soft and hard limits on various resources for executed processes. See |
54ed193f | 942 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
8c888957 LP |
943 | details on the process resource limit concept. Process resource limits may be specified in two formats: |
944 | either as single value to set a specific soft and hard limit to the same value, or as colon-separated | |
945 | pair <option>soft:hard</option> to set both limits individually | |
946 | (e.g. <literal>LimitAS=4G:16G</literal>). Use the string <option>infinity</option> to configure no | |
947 | limit on a specific resource. The multiplicative suffixes K, M, G, T, P and E (to the base 1024) may | |
948 | be used for resource limits measured in bytes (e.g. <literal>LimitAS=16G</literal>). For the limits | |
949 | referring to time values, the usual time units ms, s, min, h and so on may be used (see | |
b8afec21 | 950 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
54ed193f LP |
951 | details). Note that if no time unit is specified for <varname>LimitCPU=</varname> the default unit of |
952 | seconds is implied, while for <varname>LimitRTTIME=</varname> the default unit of microseconds is | |
953 | implied. Also, note that the effective granularity of the limits might influence their | |
954 | enforcement. For example, time limits specified for <varname>LimitCPU=</varname> will be rounded up | |
955 | implicitly to multiples of 1s. For <varname>LimitNICE=</varname> the value may be specified in two | |
956 | syntaxes: if prefixed with <literal>+</literal> or <literal>-</literal>, the value is understood as | |
1d3a473b ZJS |
957 | regular Linux nice value in the range -20…19. If not prefixed like this the value is understood as |
958 | raw resource limit parameter in the range 0…40 (with 0 being equivalent to 1).</para> | |
54ed193f LP |
959 | |
960 | <para>Note that most process resource limits configured with these options are per-process, and | |
961 | processes may fork in order to acquire a new set of resources that are accounted independently of the | |
962 | original process, and may thus escape limits set. Also note that <varname>LimitRSS=</varname> is not | |
963 | implemented on Linux, and setting it has no effect. Often it is advisable to prefer the resource | |
964 | controls listed in | |
b8afec21 | 965 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
54ed193f LP |
966 | over these per-process limits, as they apply to services as a whole, may be altered dynamically at |
967 | runtime, and are generally more expressive. For example, <varname>MemoryMax=</varname> is a more | |
968 | powerful (and working) replacement for <varname>LimitRSS=</varname>.</para> | |
fc8d0381 | 969 | |
14736ab6 JL |
970 | <para>Note that <varname>LimitNPROC=</varname> will limit the number of processes from one (real) UID and |
971 | not the number of processes started (forked) by the service. Therefore the limit is cumulative for all | |
972 | processes running under the same UID. Please also note that the <varname>LimitNPROC=</varname> will not be | |
973 | enforced if the service is running as root (and not dropping privileges). Due to these limitations, | |
974 | <varname>TasksMax=</varname> (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle> | |
975 | <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>) is typically a better choice than <varname>LimitNPROC=</varname>. | |
976 | </para> | |
977 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
978 | <para>Resource limits not configured explicitly for a unit default to the value configured in the various |
979 | <varname>DefaultLimitCPU=</varname>, <varname>DefaultLimitFSIZE=</varname>, … options available in | |
980 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and – | |
981 | if not configured there – the kernel or per-user defaults, as defined by the OS (the latter only for user | |
54ed193f LP |
982 | services, see below).</para> |
983 | ||
984 | <para>For system units these resource limits may be chosen freely. When these settings are configured | |
985 | in a user service (i.e. a service run by the per-user instance of the service manager) they cannot be | |
986 | used to raise the limits above those set for the user manager itself when it was first invoked, as | |
987 | the user's service manager generally lacks the privileges to do so. In user context these | |
988 | configuration options are hence only useful to lower the limits passed in or to raise the soft limit | |
989 | to the maximum of the hard limit as configured for the user. To raise the user's limits further, the | |
990 | available configuration mechanisms differ between operating systems, but typically require | |
991 | privileges. In most cases it is possible to configure higher per-user resource limits via PAM or by | |
992 | setting limits on the system service encapsulating the user's service manager, i.e. the user's | |
993 | instance of <filename>user@.service</filename>. After making such changes, make sure to restart the | |
994 | user's service manager.</para> | |
fc8d0381 | 995 | |
b8afec21 LP |
996 | <table> |
997 | <title>Resource limit directives, their equivalent <command>ulimit</command> shell commands and the unit used</title> | |
798d3a52 | 998 | |
8c888957 | 999 | <tgroup cols='4'> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1000 | <colspec colname='directive' /> |
1001 | <colspec colname='equivalent' /> | |
a4c18002 | 1002 | <colspec colname='unit' /> |
8c888957 | 1003 | <colspec colname='notes' /> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1004 | <thead> |
1005 | <row> | |
1006 | <entry>Directive</entry> | |
f4c9356d | 1007 | <entry><command>ulimit</command> equivalent</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1008 | <entry>Unit</entry> |
8c888957 | 1009 | <entry>Notes</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1010 | </row> |
1011 | </thead> | |
1012 | <tbody> | |
1013 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1014 | <entry>LimitCPU=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1015 | <entry>ulimit -t</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1016 | <entry>Seconds</entry> |
8c888957 | 1017 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1018 | </row> |
1019 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1020 | <entry>LimitFSIZE=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1021 | <entry>ulimit -f</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1022 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1023 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1024 | </row> |
1025 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1026 | <entry>LimitDATA=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1027 | <entry>ulimit -d</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1028 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1029 | <entry>Don't use. This limits the allowed address range, not memory use! Defaults to unlimited and should not be lowered. To limit memory use, see <varname>MemoryMax=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1030 | </row> |
1031 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1032 | <entry>LimitSTACK=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1033 | <entry>ulimit -s</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1034 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1035 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1036 | </row> |
1037 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1038 | <entry>LimitCORE=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1039 | <entry>ulimit -c</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1040 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1041 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1042 | </row> |
1043 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1044 | <entry>LimitRSS=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1045 | <entry>ulimit -m</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1046 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1047 | <entry>Don't use. No effect on Linux.</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1048 | </row> |
1049 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1050 | <entry>LimitNOFILE=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1051 | <entry>ulimit -n</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1052 | <entry>Number of File Descriptors</entry> |
8b9f0921 | 1053 | <entry>Don't use. Be careful when raising the soft limit above 1024, since <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> cannot function with file descriptors above 1023 on Linux. Nowadays, the hard limit defaults to 524288, a very high value compared to historical defaults. Typically applications should increase their soft limit to the hard limit on their own, if they are OK with working with file descriptors above 1023, i.e. do not use <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Note that file descriptors are nowadays accounted like any other form of memory, thus there should not be any need to lower the hard limit. Use <varname>MemoryMax=</varname> to control overall service memory use, including file descriptor memory.</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1054 | </row> |
1055 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1056 | <entry>LimitAS=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1057 | <entry>ulimit -v</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1058 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1059 | <entry>Don't use. This limits the allowed address range, not memory use! Defaults to unlimited and should not be lowered. To limit memory use, see <varname>MemoryMax=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1060 | </row> |
1061 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1062 | <entry>LimitNPROC=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1063 | <entry>ulimit -u</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1064 | <entry>Number of Processes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1065 | <entry>This limit is enforced based on the number of processes belonging to the user. Typically it's better to track processes per service, i.e. use <varname>TasksMax=</varname>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1066 | </row> |
1067 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1068 | <entry>LimitMEMLOCK=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1069 | <entry>ulimit -l</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1070 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1071 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1072 | </row> |
1073 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1074 | <entry>LimitLOCKS=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1075 | <entry>ulimit -x</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1076 | <entry>Number of Locks</entry> |
8c888957 | 1077 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1078 | </row> |
1079 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1080 | <entry>LimitSIGPENDING=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1081 | <entry>ulimit -i</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1082 | <entry>Number of Queued Signals</entry> |
8c888957 | 1083 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1084 | </row> |
1085 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1086 | <entry>LimitMSGQUEUE=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1087 | <entry>ulimit -q</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1088 | <entry>Bytes</entry> |
8c888957 | 1089 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1090 | </row> |
1091 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1092 | <entry>LimitNICE=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1093 | <entry>ulimit -e</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1094 | <entry>Nice Level</entry> |
8c888957 | 1095 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1096 | </row> |
1097 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1098 | <entry>LimitRTPRIO=</entry> |
798d3a52 | 1099 | <entry>ulimit -r</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1100 | <entry>Realtime Priority</entry> |
8c888957 | 1101 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1102 | </row> |
1103 | <row> | |
a4c18002 | 1104 | <entry>LimitRTTIME=</entry> |
8c888957 | 1105 | <entry>ulimit -R</entry> |
a4c18002 | 1106 | <entry>Microseconds</entry> |
8c888957 | 1107 | <entry>-</entry> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1108 | </row> |
1109 | </tbody> | |
1110 | </tgroup> | |
a4c18002 | 1111 | </table></listitem> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1112 | </varlistentry> |
1113 | ||
1114 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 1115 | <term><varname>UMask=</varname></term> |
9eb484fa | 1116 | |
b8afec21 | 1117 | <listitem><para>Controls the file mode creation mask. Takes an access mode in octal notation. See |
5e37d193 | 1118 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
60bcb459 LP |
1119 | details. Defaults to 0022 for system units. For user units the default value is inherited from the |
1120 | per-user service manager (whose default is in turn inherited from the system service manager, and | |
377a9545 | 1121 | thus typically also is 0022 — unless overridden by a PAM module). In order to change the per-user mask |
60bcb459 LP |
1122 | for all user services, consider setting the <varname>UMask=</varname> setting of the user's |
1123 | <filename>user@.service</filename> system service instance. The per-user umask may also be set via | |
1124 | the <varname>umask</varname> field of a user's <ulink url="https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD">JSON User | |
1125 | Record</ulink> (for users managed by | |
1126 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-homed.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
1127 | this field may be controlled via <command>homectl --umask=</command>). It may also be set via a PAM | |
1128 | module, such as <citerefentry | |
1129 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>pam_umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1130 | </varlistentry> |
1131 | ||
ad21e542 ZJS |
1132 | <varlistentry> |
1133 | <term><varname>CoredumpFilter=</varname></term> | |
1134 | ||
1135 | <listitem><para>Controls which types of memory mappings will be saved if the process dumps core | |
1136 | (using the <filename>/proc/<replaceable>pid</replaceable>/coredump_filter</filename> file). Takes a | |
1137 | whitespace-separated combination of mapping type names or numbers (with the default base 16). Mapping | |
1138 | type names are <constant>private-anonymous</constant>, <constant>shared-anonymous</constant>, | |
1139 | <constant>private-file-backed</constant>, <constant>shared-file-backed</constant>, | |
1140 | <constant>elf-headers</constant>, <constant>private-huge</constant>, | |
1141 | <constant>shared-huge</constant>, <constant>private-dax</constant>, <constant>shared-dax</constant>, | |
1142 | and the special values <constant>all</constant> (all types) and <constant>default</constant> (the | |
1143 | kernel default of <literal><constant>private-anonymous</constant> | |
1144 | <constant>shared-anonymous</constant> <constant>elf-headers</constant> | |
1145 | <constant>private-huge</constant></literal>). See | |
b7a47345 ZJS |
1146 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>core</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
1147 | for the meaning of the mapping types. When specified multiple times, all specified masks are | |
1148 | ORed. When not set, or if the empty value is assigned, the inherited value is not changed.</para> | |
ad21e542 ZJS |
1149 | |
1150 | <example> | |
1151 | <title>Add DAX pages to the dump filter</title> | |
1152 | ||
1153 | <programlisting>CoredumpFilter=default private-dax shared-dax</programlisting> | |
1154 | </example> | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
1155 | |
1156 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> | |
ad21e542 ZJS |
1157 | </listitem> |
1158 | </varlistentry> | |
1159 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
1160 | <varlistentry> |
1161 | <term><varname>KeyringMode=</varname></term> | |
1162 | ||
1163 | <listitem><para>Controls how the kernel session keyring is set up for the service (see <citerefentry | |
1164 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>session-keyring</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
1165 | details on the session keyring). Takes one of <option>inherit</option>, <option>private</option>, | |
1166 | <option>shared</option>. If set to <option>inherit</option> no special keyring setup is done, and the kernel's | |
1167 | default behaviour is applied. If <option>private</option> is used a new session keyring is allocated when a | |
1168 | service process is invoked, and it is not linked up with any user keyring. This is the recommended setting for | |
1169 | system services, as this ensures that multiple services running under the same system user ID (in particular | |
1170 | the root user) do not share their key material among each other. If <option>shared</option> is used a new | |
1171 | session keyring is allocated as for <option>private</option>, but the user keyring of the user configured with | |
1172 | <varname>User=</varname> is linked into it, so that keys assigned to the user may be requested by the unit's | |
6870daff | 1173 | processes. In this mode multiple units running processes under the same user ID may share key material. Unless |
b8afec21 LP |
1174 | <option>inherit</option> is selected the unique invocation ID for the unit (see below) is added as a protected |
1175 | key by the name <literal>invocation_id</literal> to the newly created session keyring. Defaults to | |
00f5ad93 | 1176 | <option>private</option> for services of the system service manager and to <option>inherit</option> for |
aefdc112 AK |
1177 | non-service units and for services of the user service manager.</para> |
1178 | ||
1179 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1180 | </varlistentry> |
1181 | ||
1182 | <varlistentry> | |
1183 | <term><varname>OOMScoreAdjust=</varname></term> | |
1184 | ||
8e74bf7f LP |
1185 | <listitem><para>Sets the adjustment value for the Linux kernel's Out-Of-Memory (OOM) killer score for |
1186 | executed processes. Takes an integer between -1000 (to disable OOM killing of processes of this unit) | |
1187 | and 1000 (to make killing of processes of this unit under memory pressure very likely). See <ulink | |
0e685823 | 1188 | url="https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/proc.html">The /proc Filesystem</ulink> for |
2f8211c6 ZJS |
1189 | details. If not specified defaults to the OOM score adjustment level of the service manager itself, |
1190 | which is normally at 0.</para> | |
8e74bf7f LP |
1191 | |
1192 | <para>Use the <varname>OOMPolicy=</varname> setting of service units to configure how the service | |
b105d413 | 1193 | manager shall react to the kernel OOM killer or <command>systemd-oomd</command> terminating a process of the service. See |
8e74bf7f LP |
1194 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
1195 | for details.</para></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1196 | </varlistentry> |
1197 | ||
1198 | <varlistentry> | |
1199 | <term><varname>TimerSlackNSec=</varname></term> | |
1200 | <listitem><para>Sets the timer slack in nanoseconds for the executed processes. The timer slack controls the | |
1201 | accuracy of wake-ups triggered by timers. See | |
1202 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>prctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more | |
1203 | information. Note that in contrast to most other time span definitions this parameter takes an integer value in | |
1204 | nano-seconds if no unit is specified. The usual time units are understood too.</para></listitem> | |
1205 | </varlistentry> | |
1206 | ||
1207 | <varlistentry> | |
1208 | <term><varname>Personality=</varname></term> | |
1209 | ||
1210 | <listitem><para>Controls which kernel architecture <citerefentry | |
4c8ca41f LP |
1211 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>uname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> shall |
1212 | report, when invoked by unit processes. Takes one of the architecture identifiers | |
1213 | <constant>arm64</constant>, <constant>arm64-be</constant>, <constant>arm</constant>, | |
1214 | <constant>arm-be</constant>, <constant>x86</constant>, <constant>x86-64</constant>, | |
1215 | <constant>ppc</constant>, <constant>ppc-le</constant>, <constant>ppc64</constant>, | |
1216 | <constant>ppc64-le</constant>, <constant>s390</constant> or <constant>s390x</constant>. Which | |
1217 | personality architectures are supported depends on the kernel's native architecture. Usually the | |
da890466 | 1218 | 64-bit versions of the various system architectures support their immediate 32-bit personality |
4c8ca41f LP |
1219 | architecture counterpart, but no others. For example, <constant>x86-64</constant> systems support the |
1220 | <constant>x86-64</constant> and <constant>x86</constant> personalities but no others. The personality | |
1221 | feature is useful when running 32-bit services on a 64-bit host system. If not specified, the | |
1222 | personality is left unmodified and thus reflects the personality of the host system's kernel. This | |
1223 | option is not useful on architectures for which only one native word width was ever available, such | |
aefdc112 AK |
1224 | as <constant>m68k</constant> (32-bit only) or <constant>alpha</constant> (64-bit only).</para> |
1225 | ||
1226 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1227 | </varlistentry> |
1228 | ||
1229 | <varlistentry> | |
1230 | <term><varname>IgnoreSIGPIPE=</varname></term> | |
1231 | ||
1232 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, causes <constant>SIGPIPE</constant> to be ignored in the | |
1233 | executed process. Defaults to true because <constant>SIGPIPE</constant> generally is useful only in shell | |
1234 | pipelines.</para></listitem> | |
1235 | </varlistentry> | |
1236 | ||
1237 | </variablelist> | |
1238 | </refsect1> | |
1239 | ||
1240 | <refsect1> | |
1241 | <title>Scheduling</title> | |
1242 | ||
e0e2ecd5 | 1243 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
b8afec21 LP |
1244 | |
1245 | <varlistentry> | |
1246 | <term><varname>Nice=</varname></term> | |
1247 | ||
7dbc38db LP |
1248 | <listitem><para>Sets the default nice level (scheduling priority) for executed processes. Takes an |
1249 | integer between -20 (highest priority) and 19 (lowest priority). In case of resource contention, | |
1250 | smaller values mean more resources will be made available to the unit's processes, larger values mean | |
1251 | less resources will be made available. See | |
b8afec21 LP |
1252 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
1253 | details.</para></listitem> | |
1254 | </varlistentry> | |
1255 | ||
1256 | <varlistentry> | |
1257 | <term><varname>CPUSchedulingPolicy=</varname></term> | |
1258 | ||
1259 | <listitem><para>Sets the CPU scheduling policy for executed processes. Takes one of <option>other</option>, | |
1260 | <option>batch</option>, <option>idle</option>, <option>fifo</option> or <option>rr</option>. See | |
21556381 | 1261 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>sched_setscheduler</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
b8afec21 LP |
1262 | details.</para></listitem> |
1263 | </varlistentry> | |
1264 | ||
1265 | <varlistentry> | |
1266 | <term><varname>CPUSchedulingPriority=</varname></term> | |
1267 | ||
7dbc38db LP |
1268 | <listitem><para>Sets the CPU scheduling priority for executed processes. The available priority range |
1269 | depends on the selected CPU scheduling policy (see above). For real-time scheduling policies an | |
1270 | integer between 1 (lowest priority) and 99 (highest priority) can be used. In case of CPU resource | |
1271 | contention, smaller values mean less CPU time is made available to the service, larger values mean | |
1272 | more. See <citerefentry | |
1273 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>sched_setscheduler</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
1274 | for details. </para></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1275 | </varlistentry> |
1276 | ||
1277 | <varlistentry> | |
1278 | <term><varname>CPUSchedulingResetOnFork=</varname></term> | |
1279 | ||
0b4d17c9 ZJS |
1280 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, elevated CPU scheduling priorities and policies |
1281 | will be reset when the executed processes call | |
1282 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fork</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, | |
1283 | and can hence not leak into child processes. See | |
21556381 | 1284 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>sched_setscheduler</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
0b4d17c9 | 1285 | for details. Defaults to false.</para></listitem> |
b8afec21 LP |
1286 | </varlistentry> |
1287 | ||
1288 | <varlistentry> | |
1289 | <term><varname>CPUAffinity=</varname></term> | |
1290 | ||
1291 | <listitem><para>Controls the CPU affinity of the executed processes. Takes a list of CPU indices or ranges | |
e2b2fb7f MS |
1292 | separated by either whitespace or commas. Alternatively, takes a special "numa" value in which case systemd |
1293 | automatically derives allowed CPU range based on the value of <varname>NUMAMask=</varname> option. CPU ranges | |
1294 | are specified by the lower and upper CPU indices separated by a dash. This option may be specified more than | |
1295 | once, in which case the specified CPU affinity masks are merged. If the empty string is assigned, the mask | |
1296 | is reset, all assignments prior to this will have no effect. See | |
21556381 | 1297 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>sched_setaffinity</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
b8afec21 LP |
1298 | details.</para></listitem> |
1299 | </varlistentry> | |
1300 | ||
b070c7c0 MS |
1301 | <varlistentry> |
1302 | <term><varname>NUMAPolicy=</varname></term> | |
1303 | ||
1304 | <listitem><para>Controls the NUMA memory policy of the executed processes. Takes a policy type, one of: | |
1305 | <option>default</option>, <option>preferred</option>, <option>bind</option>, <option>interleave</option> and | |
1306 | <option>local</option>. A list of NUMA nodes that should be associated with the policy must be specified | |
1307 | in <varname>NUMAMask=</varname>. For more details on each policy please see, | |
1308 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>set_mempolicy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For overall | |
1309 | overview of NUMA support in Linux see, | |
e9dd6984 | 1310 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>numa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
ec07c3c8 AK |
1311 | </para> |
1312 | ||
1313 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> | |
b070c7c0 MS |
1314 | </varlistentry> |
1315 | ||
1316 | <varlistentry> | |
1317 | <term><varname>NUMAMask=</varname></term> | |
1318 | ||
1319 | <listitem><para>Controls the NUMA node list which will be applied alongside with selected NUMA policy. | |
1320 | Takes a list of NUMA nodes and has the same syntax as a list of CPUs for <varname>CPUAffinity=</varname> | |
332d387f MS |
1321 | option or special "all" value which will include all available NUMA nodes in the mask. Note that the list |
1322 | of NUMA nodes is not required for <option>default</option> and <option>local</option> | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
1323 | policies and for <option>preferred</option> policy we expect a single NUMA node.</para> |
1324 | ||
1325 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> | |
b070c7c0 MS |
1326 | </varlistentry> |
1327 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
1328 | <varlistentry> |
1329 | <term><varname>IOSchedulingClass=</varname></term> | |
1330 | ||
8880b2ba LP |
1331 | <listitem><para>Sets the I/O scheduling class for executed processes. Takes one of the strings |
1332 | <option>realtime</option>, <option>best-effort</option> or <option>idle</option>. The kernel's | |
1333 | default scheduling class is <option>best-effort</option> at a priority of 4. If the empty string is | |
1334 | assigned to this option, all prior assignments to both <varname>IOSchedulingClass=</varname> and | |
1335 | <varname>IOSchedulingPriority=</varname> have no effect. See | |
b8afec21 LP |
1336 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ioprio_set</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
1337 | details.</para></listitem> | |
1338 | </varlistentry> | |
1339 | ||
1340 | <varlistentry> | |
1341 | <term><varname>IOSchedulingPriority=</varname></term> | |
1342 | ||
7dbc38db LP |
1343 | <listitem><para>Sets the I/O scheduling priority for executed processes. Takes an integer between 0 |
1344 | (highest priority) and 7 (lowest priority). In case of I/O contention, smaller values mean more I/O | |
1345 | bandwidth is made available to the unit's processes, larger values mean less bandwidth. The available | |
1346 | priorities depend on the selected I/O scheduling class (see above). If the empty string is assigned | |
1347 | to this option, all prior assignments to both <varname>IOSchedulingClass=</varname> and | |
8880b2ba LP |
1348 | <varname>IOSchedulingPriority=</varname> have no effect. For the kernel's default scheduling class |
1349 | (<option>best-effort</option>) this defaults to 4. See | |
7dbc38db | 1350 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ioprio_set</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
b8afec21 LP |
1351 | details.</para></listitem> |
1352 | </varlistentry> | |
1353 | ||
1354 | </variablelist> | |
1355 | </refsect1> | |
1356 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
1357 | <refsect1> |
1358 | <title>Sandboxing</title> | |
1359 | ||
2d2224e4 LP |
1360 | <para>The following sandboxing options are an effective way to limit the exposure of the system towards the unit's |
1361 | processes. It is recommended to turn on as many of these options for each unit as is possible without negatively | |
1362 | affecting the process' ability to operate. Note that many of these sandboxing features are gracefully turned off on | |
1363 | systems where the underlying security mechanism is not available. For example, <varname>ProtectSystem=</varname> | |
1364 | has no effect if the kernel is built without file system namespacing or if the service manager runs in a container | |
15102ced | 1365 | manager that makes file system namespacing unavailable to its payload. Similarly, |
2d2224e4 LP |
1366 | <varname>RestrictRealtime=</varname> has no effect on systems that lack support for SECCOMP system call filtering, |
1367 | or in containers where support for this is turned off.</para> | |
1368 | ||
d287820d LP |
1369 | <para>Also note that some sandboxing functionality is generally not available in user services (i.e. services run |
1370 | by the per-user service manager). Specifically, the various settings requiring file system namespacing support | |
1371 | (such as <varname>ProtectSystem=</varname>) are not available, as the underlying kernel functionality is only | |
5749f855 AZ |
1372 | accessible to privileged processes. However, most namespacing settings, that will not work on their own in user |
1373 | services, will work when used in conjunction with <varname>PrivateUsers=</varname><option>true</option>.</para> | |
d287820d | 1374 | |
e0e2ecd5 | 1375 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
b8afec21 LP |
1376 | |
1377 | <varlistentry> | |
1378 | <term><varname>ProtectSystem=</varname></term> | |
1379 | ||
1380 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument or the special values <literal>full</literal> or | |
3b121157 | 1381 | <literal>strict</literal>. If true, mounts the <filename>/usr/</filename> and the boot loader |
26b81908 | 1382 | directories (<filename>/boot</filename> and <filename>/efi</filename>) read-only for processes |
3b121157 | 1383 | invoked by this unit. If set to <literal>full</literal>, the <filename>/etc/</filename> directory is |
26b81908 | 1384 | mounted read-only, too. If set to <literal>strict</literal> the entire file system hierarchy is |
3b121157 ZJS |
1385 | mounted read-only, except for the API file system subtrees <filename>/dev/</filename>, |
1386 | <filename>/proc/</filename> and <filename>/sys/</filename> (protect these directories using | |
b8afec21 LP |
1387 | <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname>, <varname>ProtectKernelTunables=</varname>, |
1388 | <varname>ProtectControlGroups=</varname>). This setting ensures that any modification of the vendor-supplied | |
b105d413 | 1389 | operating system (and optionally its configuration, and local mounts) is prohibited for the service. It is |
b8afec21 LP |
1390 | recommended to enable this setting for all long-running services, unless they are involved with system updates |
1391 | or need to modify the operating system in other ways. If this option is used, | |
1392 | <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname> may be used to exclude specific directories from being made read-only. This | |
0e18724e LP |
1393 | setting is implied if <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> is set. This setting cannot ensure protection in all |
1394 | cases. In general it has the same limitations as <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, see below. Defaults to | |
aefdc112 AK |
1395 | off.</para> |
1396 | ||
1397 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v214"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1398 | </varlistentry> |
1399 | ||
1400 | <varlistentry> | |
1401 | <term><varname>ProtectHome=</varname></term> | |
1402 | ||
e4da7d8c | 1403 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument or the special values <literal>read-only</literal> or |
3b121157 | 1404 | <literal>tmpfs</literal>. If true, the directories <filename>/home/</filename>, |
db8d154d ZJS |
1405 | <filename>/root</filename>, and <filename>/run/user</filename> are made inaccessible and empty for |
1406 | processes invoked by this unit. If set to <literal>read-only</literal>, the three directories are | |
1407 | made read-only instead. If set to <literal>tmpfs</literal>, temporary file systems are mounted on the | |
1408 | three directories in read-only mode. The value <literal>tmpfs</literal> is useful to hide home | |
1409 | directories not relevant to the processes invoked by the unit, while still allowing necessary | |
1410 | directories to be made visible when listed in <varname>BindPaths=</varname> or | |
1411 | <varname>BindReadOnlyPaths=</varname>.</para> | |
e4da7d8c | 1412 | |
b72e5d9d | 1413 | <para>Setting this to <literal>yes</literal> is mostly equivalent to setting the three directories in |
1b2ad5d9 | 1414 | <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname>. Similarly, <literal>read-only</literal> is mostly equivalent to |
e4da7d8c | 1415 | <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, and <literal>tmpfs</literal> is mostly equivalent to |
db8d154d | 1416 | <varname>TemporaryFileSystem=</varname> with <literal>:ro</literal>.</para> |
e4da7d8c | 1417 | |
db8d154d ZJS |
1418 | <para>It is recommended to enable this setting for all long-running services (in particular |
1419 | network-facing ones), to ensure they cannot get access to private user data, unless the services | |
1420 | actually require access to the user's private data. This setting is implied if | |
1421 | <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> is set. This setting cannot ensure protection in all cases. In | |
1422 | general it has the same limitations as <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, see below.</para> | |
c4d4b5a7 | 1423 | |
aefdc112 AK |
1424 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
1425 | ||
1426 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v214"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1427 | </varlistentry> |
1428 | ||
1429 | <varlistentry> | |
1430 | <term><varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname></term> | |
1431 | <term><varname>StateDirectory=</varname></term> | |
1432 | <term><varname>CacheDirectory=</varname></term> | |
1433 | <term><varname>LogsDirectory=</varname></term> | |
1434 | <term><varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname></term> | |
1435 | ||
885a4e6c ZJS |
1436 | <listitem><para>These options take a whitespace-separated list of directory names. The specified |
1437 | directory names must be relative, and may not include <literal>..</literal>. If set, when the unit is | |
1438 | started, one or more directories by the specified names will be created (including their parents) | |
1439 | below the locations defined in the following table. Also, the corresponding environment variable will | |
1440 | be defined with the full paths of the directories. If multiple directories are set, then in the | |
1441 | environment variable the paths are concatenated with colon (<literal>:</literal>).</para> | |
8d00da49 | 1442 | <table> |
d491e65e YW |
1443 | <title>Automatic directory creation and environment variables</title> |
1444 | <tgroup cols='4'> | |
8d00da49 BV |
1445 | <thead> |
1446 | <row> | |
8601482c LP |
1447 | <entry>Directory</entry> |
1448 | <entry>Below path for system units</entry> | |
1449 | <entry>Below path for user units</entry> | |
1450 | <entry>Environment variable set</entry> | |
8d00da49 BV |
1451 | </row> |
1452 | </thead> | |
1453 | <tbody> | |
1454 | <row> | |
1455 | <entry><varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname></entry> | |
8601482c | 1456 | <entry><filename>/run/</filename></entry> |
8d00da49 | 1457 | <entry><varname>$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR</varname></entry> |
d491e65e | 1458 | <entry><varname>$RUNTIME_DIRECTORY</varname></entry> |
8d00da49 BV |
1459 | </row> |
1460 | <row> | |
1461 | <entry><varname>StateDirectory=</varname></entry> | |
8601482c | 1462 | <entry><filename>/var/lib/</filename></entry> |
f9c91932 | 1463 | <entry><varname>$XDG_STATE_HOME</varname></entry> |
d491e65e | 1464 | <entry><varname>$STATE_DIRECTORY</varname></entry> |
8d00da49 BV |
1465 | </row> |
1466 | <row> | |
1467 | <entry><varname>CacheDirectory=</varname></entry> | |
8601482c | 1468 | <entry><filename>/var/cache/</filename></entry> |
8d00da49 | 1469 | <entry><varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname></entry> |
d491e65e | 1470 | <entry><varname>$CACHE_DIRECTORY</varname></entry> |
8d00da49 BV |
1471 | </row> |
1472 | <row> | |
1473 | <entry><varname>LogsDirectory=</varname></entry> | |
8601482c | 1474 | <entry><filename>/var/log/</filename></entry> |
f9c91932 | 1475 | <entry><varname>$XDG_STATE_HOME</varname><filename>/log/</filename></entry> |
d491e65e | 1476 | <entry><varname>$LOGS_DIRECTORY</varname></entry> |
8d00da49 BV |
1477 | </row> |
1478 | <row> | |
1479 | <entry><varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname></entry> | |
8601482c | 1480 | <entry><filename>/etc/</filename></entry> |
8d00da49 | 1481 | <entry><varname>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</varname></entry> |
d491e65e | 1482 | <entry><varname>$CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY</varname></entry> |
8d00da49 BV |
1483 | </row> |
1484 | </tbody> | |
1485 | </tgroup> | |
1486 | </table> | |
f86fae61 | 1487 | |
6d463b8a LP |
1488 | <para>In case of <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname> the innermost subdirectories are removed when |
1489 | the unit is stopped. It is possible to preserve the specified directories in this case if | |
1490 | <varname>RuntimeDirectoryPreserve=</varname> is configured to <option>restart</option> or | |
1491 | <option>yes</option> (see below). The directories specified with <varname>StateDirectory=</varname>, | |
b8afec21 LP |
1492 | <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname>, <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname>, |
1493 | <varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname> are not removed when the unit is stopped.</para> | |
1494 | ||
1495 | <para>Except in case of <varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname>, the innermost specified directories will be | |
1496 | owned by the user and group specified in <varname>User=</varname> and <varname>Group=</varname>. If the | |
1497 | specified directories already exist and their owning user or group do not match the configured ones, all files | |
1498 | and directories below the specified directories as well as the directories themselves will have their file | |
1499 | ownership recursively changed to match what is configured. As an optimization, if the specified directories are | |
1500 | already owned by the right user and group, files and directories below of them are left as-is, even if they do | |
1501 | not match what is requested. The innermost specified directories will have their access mode adjusted to the | |
1502 | what is specified in <varname>RuntimeDirectoryMode=</varname>, <varname>StateDirectoryMode=</varname>, | |
1503 | <varname>CacheDirectoryMode=</varname>, <varname>LogsDirectoryMode=</varname> and | |
1504 | <varname>ConfigurationDirectoryMode=</varname>.</para> | |
5aaeeffb | 1505 | |
b8afec21 LP |
1506 | <para>These options imply <varname>BindPaths=</varname> for the specified paths. When combined with |
1507 | <varname>RootDirectory=</varname> or <varname>RootImage=</varname> these paths always reside on the host and | |
1508 | are mounted from there into the unit's file system namespace.</para> | |
798d3a52 | 1509 | |
e8f4bf33 | 1510 | <para>If <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> is used, the logic for <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname>, |
1511 | <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname> and <varname>StateDirectory=</varname> is slightly altered: the directories are created below | |
1512 | <filename>/var/cache/private</filename>, <filename>/var/log/private</filename> and <filename>/var/lib/private</filename>, | |
1513 | respectively, which are host directories made inaccessible to | |
e9dd6984 ZJS |
1514 | unprivileged users, which ensures that access to these directories cannot be gained through dynamic |
1515 | user ID recycling. Symbolic links are created to hide this difference in behaviour. Both from | |
1516 | perspective of the host and from inside the unit, the relevant directories hence always appear | |
e8f4bf33 | 1517 | directly below <filename>/var/cache</filename>, <filename>/var/log</filename> and |
1518 | <filename>/var/lib</filename>.</para> | |
798d3a52 | 1519 | |
b8afec21 LP |
1520 | <para>Use <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname> to manage one or more runtime directories for the unit and bind |
1521 | their lifetime to the daemon runtime. This is particularly useful for unprivileged daemons that cannot create | |
3b121157 | 1522 | runtime directories in <filename>/run/</filename> due to lack of privileges, and to make sure the runtime |
b8afec21 LP |
1523 | directory is cleaned up automatically after use. For runtime directories that require more complex or different |
1524 | configuration or lifetime guarantees, please consider using | |
1525 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> | |
de7070b4 | 1526 | |
211a3d87 LB |
1527 | <para><varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname>, <varname>StateDirectory=</varname>, <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname> |
1528 | and <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname> optionally support a second parameter, separated by <literal>:</literal>. | |
1529 | The second parameter will be interpreted as a destination path that will be created as a symlink to the directory. | |
1530 | The symlinks will be created after any <varname>BindPaths=</varname> or <varname>TemporaryFileSystem=</varname> | |
1531 | options have been set up, to make ephemeral symlinking possible. The same source can have multiple symlinks, by | |
cc8fdd5d | 1532 | using the same first parameter, but a different second parameter.</para> |
211a3d87 | 1533 | |
a9a50bd6 | 1534 | <para>The directories defined by these options are always created under the standard paths used by systemd |
3b121157 | 1535 | (<filename>/var/</filename>, <filename>/run/</filename>, <filename>/etc/</filename>, …). If the service needs |
a9a50bd6 PW |
1536 | directories in a different location, a different mechanism has to be used to create them.</para> |
1537 | ||
1538 | <para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> provides | |
1539 | functionality that overlaps with these options. Using these options is recommended, because the lifetime of | |
1540 | the directories is tied directly to the lifetime of the unit, and it is not necessary to ensure that the | |
1541 | <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> configuration is executed before the unit is started.</para> | |
1542 | ||
8c8208cb LP |
1543 | <para>To remove any of the directories created by these settings, use the <command>systemctl clean |
1544 | …</command> command on the relevant units, see | |
1545 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
1546 | details.</para> | |
1547 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
1548 | <para>Example: if a system service unit has the following, |
1549 | <programlisting>RuntimeDirectory=foo/bar baz</programlisting> | |
211c99c7 | 1550 | the service manager creates <filename index='false'>/run/foo</filename> (if it does not exist), |
f8b68539 ZJS |
1551 | |
1552 | <filename index='false'>/run/foo/bar</filename>, and <filename index='false'>/run/baz</filename>. The | |
1553 | directories <filename index='false'>/run/foo/bar</filename> and | |
1554 | <filename index='false'>/run/baz</filename> except <filename index='false'>/run/foo</filename> are | |
b8afec21 | 1555 | owned by the user and group specified in <varname>User=</varname> and <varname>Group=</varname>, and removed |
d491e65e YW |
1556 | when the service is stopped.</para> |
1557 | ||
1558 | <para>Example: if a system service unit has the following, | |
1559 | <programlisting>RuntimeDirectory=foo/bar | |
1560 | StateDirectory=aaa/bbb ccc</programlisting> | |
1561 | then the environment variable <literal>RUNTIME_DIRECTORY</literal> is set with <literal>/run/foo/bar</literal>, and | |
211a3d87 LB |
1562 | <literal>STATE_DIRECTORY</literal> is set with <literal>/var/lib/aaa/bbb:/var/lib/ccc</literal>.</para> |
1563 | ||
1564 | <para>Example: if a system service unit has the following, | |
1565 | <programlisting>RuntimeDirectory=foo:bar foo:baz</programlisting> | |
1566 | the service manager creates <filename index='false'>/run/foo</filename> (if it does not exist), and | |
1567 | <filename index='false'>/run/bar</filename> plus <filename index='false'>/run/baz</filename> as symlinks to | |
aefdc112 AK |
1568 | <filename index='false'>/run/foo</filename>.</para> |
1569 | ||
1570 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1571 | </varlistentry> |
1572 | ||
ece87975 | 1573 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 LP |
1574 | <term><varname>RuntimeDirectoryMode=</varname></term> |
1575 | <term><varname>StateDirectoryMode=</varname></term> | |
1576 | <term><varname>CacheDirectoryMode=</varname></term> | |
1577 | <term><varname>LogsDirectoryMode=</varname></term> | |
1578 | <term><varname>ConfigurationDirectoryMode=</varname></term> | |
ece87975 | 1579 | |
b8afec21 LP |
1580 | <listitem><para>Specifies the access mode of the directories specified in <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname>, |
1581 | <varname>StateDirectory=</varname>, <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname>, <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname>, or | |
b105d413 | 1582 | <varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname>, respectively, as an octal number. Defaults to |
b8afec21 LP |
1583 | <constant>0755</constant>. See "Permissions" in <citerefentry |
1584 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>path_resolution</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a | |
aefdc112 AK |
1585 | discussion of the meaning of permission bits.</para> |
1586 | ||
1587 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/></listitem> | |
ece87975 IP |
1588 | </varlistentry> |
1589 | ||
798d3a52 | 1590 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 LP |
1591 | <term><varname>RuntimeDirectoryPreserve=</varname></term> |
1592 | ||
b105d413 | 1593 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument or <option>restart</option>. If set to <option>no</option> (the |
b8afec21 LP |
1594 | default), the directories specified in <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname> are always removed when the service |
1595 | stops. If set to <option>restart</option> the directories are preserved when the service is both automatically | |
1596 | and manually restarted. Here, the automatic restart means the operation specified in | |
1597 | <varname>Restart=</varname>, and manual restart means the one triggered by <command>systemctl restart | |
1598 | foo.service</command>. If set to <option>yes</option>, then the directories are not removed when the service is | |
3b121157 | 1599 | stopped. Note that since the runtime directory <filename>/run/</filename> is a mount point of |
b8afec21 | 1600 | <literal>tmpfs</literal>, then for system services the directories specified in |
aefdc112 AK |
1601 | <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname> are removed when the system is rebooted.</para> |
1602 | ||
1603 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1604 | </varlistentry> |
1605 | ||
bd9014c3 YW |
1606 | <varlistentry> |
1607 | <term><varname>TimeoutCleanSec=</varname></term> | |
1608 | <listitem><para>Configures a timeout on the clean-up operation requested through <command>systemctl | |
1609 | clean …</command>, see | |
1610 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
1611 | details. Takes the usual time values and defaults to <constant>infinity</constant>, i.e. by default | |
201632e3 | 1612 | no timeout is applied. If a timeout is configured the clean operation will be aborted forcibly when |
ec07c3c8 AK |
1613 | the timeout is reached, potentially leaving resources on disk.</para> |
1614 | ||
1615 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> | |
bd9014c3 YW |
1616 | </varlistentry> |
1617 | ||
798d3a52 | 1618 | <varlistentry> |
2a624c36 AP |
1619 | <term><varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname></term> |
1620 | <term><varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname></term> | |
1621 | <term><varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname></term> | |
ddc155b2 TM |
1622 | <term><varname>ExecPaths=</varname></term> |
1623 | <term><varname>NoExecPaths=</varname></term> | |
798d3a52 | 1624 | |
885a4e6c ZJS |
1625 | <listitem><para>Sets up a new file system namespace for executed processes. These options may be used |
1626 | to limit access a process has to the file system. Each setting takes a space-separated list of paths | |
1627 | relative to the host's root directory (i.e. the system running the service manager). Note that if | |
1628 | paths contain symlinks, they are resolved relative to the root directory set with | |
915e6d16 | 1629 | <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname>.</para> |
effbd6d2 | 1630 | |
6b000af4 LP |
1631 | <para>Paths listed in <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname> are accessible from within the namespace |
1632 | with the same access modes as from outside of it. Paths listed in <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> | |
1633 | are accessible for reading only, writing will be refused even if the usual file access controls would | |
1634 | permit this. Nest <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname> inside of <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> in | |
1635 | order to provide writable subdirectories within read-only directories. Use | |
1636 | <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname> in order to allow-list specific paths for write access if | |
b6be6a67 LP |
1637 | <varname>ProtectSystem=strict</varname> is used. Note that <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname> cannot |
1638 | be used to gain write access to a file system whose superblock is mounted read-only. On Linux, for | |
1639 | each mount point write access is granted only if the mount point itself <emphasis>and</emphasis> the | |
1640 | file system superblock backing it are not marked read-only. <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname> only | |
1641 | controls the former, not the latter, hence a read-only file system superblock remains | |
1642 | protected.</para> | |
e568a92d YW |
1643 | |
1644 | <para>Paths listed in <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname> will be made inaccessible for processes inside | |
1645 | the namespace along with everything below them in the file system hierarchy. This may be more restrictive than | |
1646 | desired, because it is not possible to nest <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname>, <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, | |
1647 | <varname>BindPaths=</varname>, or <varname>BindReadOnlyPaths=</varname> inside it. For a more flexible option, | |
1648 | see <varname>TemporaryFileSystem=</varname>.</para> | |
effbd6d2 | 1649 | |
ddc155b2 TM |
1650 | <para>Content in paths listed in <varname>NoExecPaths=</varname> are not executable even if the usual |
1651 | file access controls would permit this. Nest <varname>ExecPaths=</varname> inside of | |
1652 | <varname>NoExecPaths=</varname> in order to provide executable content within non-executable | |
1653 | directories.</para> | |
1654 | ||
0e18724e | 1655 | <para>Non-directory paths may be specified as well. These options may be specified more than once, |
effbd6d2 LP |
1656 | in which case all paths listed will have limited access from within the namespace. If the empty string is |
1657 | assigned to this option, the specific list is reset, and all prior assignments have no effect.</para> | |
1658 | ||
ddc155b2 TM |
1659 | <para>Paths in <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname>, <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, |
1660 | <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname>, <varname>ExecPaths=</varname> and | |
1661 | <varname>NoExecPaths=</varname> may be prefixed with <literal>-</literal>, in which case they will be | |
5327c910 | 1662 | ignored when they do not exist. If prefixed with <literal>+</literal> the paths are taken relative to the root |
915e6d16 LP |
1663 | directory of the unit, as configured with <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname>, |
1664 | instead of relative to the root directory of the host (see above). When combining <literal>-</literal> and | |
1665 | <literal>+</literal> on the same path make sure to specify <literal>-</literal> first, and <literal>+</literal> | |
1666 | second.</para> | |
5327c910 | 1667 | |
0e18724e LP |
1668 | <para>Note that these settings will disconnect propagation of mounts from the unit's processes to the |
1669 | host. This means that this setting may not be used for services which shall be able to install mount points in | |
b72e5d9d | 1670 | the main mount namespace. For <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname> and <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, |
0e18724e LP |
1671 | propagation in the other direction is not affected, i.e. mounts created on the host generally appear in the |
1672 | unit processes' namespace, and mounts removed on the host also disappear there too. In particular, note that | |
1673 | mount propagation from host to unit will result in unmodified mounts to be created in the unit's namespace, | |
1674 | i.e. writable mounts appearing on the host will be writable in the unit's namespace too, even when propagated | |
1675 | below a path marked with <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>! Restricting access with these options hence does | |
1676 | not extend to submounts of a directory that are created later on. This means the lock-down offered by that | |
723c3cd0 | 1677 | setting is not complete, and does not offer full protection.</para> |
0e18724e LP |
1678 | |
1679 | <para>Note that the effect of these settings may be undone by privileged processes. In order to set up an | |
1680 | effective sandboxed environment for a unit it is thus recommended to combine these settings with either | |
723c3cd0 MY |
1681 | <varname>CapabilityBoundingSet=~CAP_SYS_ADMIN</varname> or <varname>SystemCallFilter=~@mount</varname>.</para> |
1682 | ||
1683 | <para>Please be extra careful when applying these options to API file systems (a list of them could be | |
1684 | found in <varname>MountAPIVPS=</varname>), since they may be required for basic system functionalities. | |
1685 | Moreover, <filename>/run/</filename> needs to be writable for setting up mount namespace and propagation.</para> | |
c4d4b5a7 | 1686 | |
ddc155b2 TM |
1687 | <para>Simple allow-list example using these directives: |
1688 | <programlisting>[Service] | |
1689 | ReadOnlyPaths=/ | |
1690 | ReadWritePaths=/var /run | |
1691 | InaccessiblePaths=-/lost+found | |
1692 | NoExecPaths=/ | |
1693 | ExecPaths=/usr/sbin/my_daemon /usr/lib /usr/lib64 | |
1694 | </programlisting></para> | |
1695 | ||
aefdc112 AK |
1696 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="plural"/> |
1697 | ||
1698 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1699 | </varlistentry> |
1700 | ||
c10b460b YW |
1701 | <varlistentry> |
1702 | <term><varname>TemporaryFileSystem=</varname></term> | |
1703 | ||
1704 | <listitem><para>Takes a space-separated list of mount points for temporary file systems (tmpfs). If set, a new file | |
1705 | system namespace is set up for executed processes, and a temporary file system is mounted on each mount point. | |
1706 | This option may be specified more than once, in which case temporary file systems are mounted on all listed mount | |
1707 | points. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset, and all prior assignments have no effect. | |
1708 | Each mount point may optionally be suffixed with a colon (<literal>:</literal>) and mount options such as | |
1709 | <literal>size=10%</literal> or <literal>ro</literal>. By default, each temporary file system is mounted | |
1710 | with <literal>nodev,strictatime,mode=0755</literal>. These can be disabled by explicitly specifying the corresponding | |
1711 | mount options, e.g., <literal>dev</literal> or <literal>nostrictatime</literal>.</para> | |
1712 | ||
1713 | <para>This is useful to hide files or directories not relevant to the processes invoked by the unit, while necessary | |
1714 | files or directories can be still accessed by combining with <varname>BindPaths=</varname> or | |
db8d154d | 1715 | <varname>BindReadOnlyPaths=</varname>:</para> |
c10b460b YW |
1716 | |
1717 | <para>Example: if a unit has the following, | |
1718 | <programlisting>TemporaryFileSystem=/var:ro | |
1719 | BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> | |
3b121157 | 1720 | then the invoked processes by the unit cannot see any files or directories under <filename>/var/</filename> except for |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
1721 | <filename>/var/lib/systemd</filename> or its contents.</para> |
1722 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
1723 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
1724 | ||
1725 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/></listitem> | |
c10b460b YW |
1726 | </varlistentry> |
1727 | ||
798d3a52 ZJS |
1728 | <varlistentry> |
1729 | <term><varname>PrivateTmp=</varname></term> | |
1730 | ||
3b121157 ZJS |
1731 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, sets up a new file system namespace for the |
1732 | executed processes and mounts private <filename>/tmp/</filename> and <filename>/var/tmp/</filename> | |
1733 | directories inside it that are not shared by processes outside of the namespace. This is useful to | |
1734 | secure access to temporary files of the process, but makes sharing between processes via | |
75909cc7 ZJS |
1735 | <filename>/tmp/</filename> or <filename>/var/tmp/</filename> impossible. If true, all temporary files |
1736 | created by a service in these directories will be removed after the service is stopped. Defaults to | |
1737 | false. It is possible to run two or more units within the same private <filename>/tmp/</filename> and | |
1738 | <filename>/var/tmp/</filename> namespace by using the <varname>JoinsNamespaceOf=</varname> directive, | |
1739 | see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
b105d413 | 1740 | for details. This setting is implied if <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> is set. For this setting, the |
75909cc7 | 1741 | same restrictions regarding mount propagation and privileges apply as for |
3b121157 ZJS |
1742 | <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> and related calls, see above. Enabling this setting has the side |
1743 | effect of adding <varname>Requires=</varname> and <varname>After=</varname> dependencies on all mount | |
1744 | units necessary to access <filename>/tmp/</filename> and <filename>/var/tmp/</filename>. Moreover an | |
1745 | implicitly <varname>After=</varname> ordering on | |
d71f0505 | 1746 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
b0238568 ZJS |
1747 | is added.</para> |
1748 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
1749 | <para>Note that the implementation of this setting might be impossible (for example if mount namespaces are not |
1750 | available), and the unit should be written in a way that does not solely rely on this setting for | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
1751 | security.</para> |
1752 | ||
1219bd43 | 1753 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1754 | </varlistentry> |
1755 | ||
1756 | <varlistentry> | |
1757 | <term><varname>PrivateDevices=</varname></term> | |
1758 | ||
a14e028e ZJS |
1759 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, sets up a new <filename>/dev/</filename> mount for |
1760 | the executed processes and only adds API pseudo devices such as <filename>/dev/null</filename>, | |
1761 | <filename>/dev/zero</filename> or <filename>/dev/random</filename> (as well as the pseudo TTY | |
1762 | subsystem) to it, but no physical devices such as <filename>/dev/sda</filename>, system memory | |
1763 | <filename>/dev/mem</filename>, system ports <filename>/dev/port</filename> and others. This is useful | |
1764 | to turn off physical device access by the executed process. Defaults to false.</para> | |
1765 | ||
1766 | <para>Enabling this option will install a system call filter to block low-level I/O system calls that | |
1767 | are grouped in the <varname>@raw-io</varname> set, remove <constant>CAP_MKNOD</constant> and | |
1768 | <constant>CAP_SYS_RAWIO</constant> from the capability bounding set for the unit, and set | |
1769 | <varname>DevicePolicy=closed</varname> (see | |
798d3a52 | 1770 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
a14e028e ZJS |
1771 | for details). Note that using this setting will disconnect propagation of mounts from the service to |
1772 | the host (propagation in the opposite direction continues to work). This means that this setting may | |
1773 | not be used for services which shall be able to install mount points in the main mount namespace. The | |
1774 | new <filename>/dev/</filename> will be mounted read-only and 'noexec'. The latter may break old | |
1775 | programs which try to set up executable memory by using | |
b8afec21 | 1776 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> of |
a14e028e ZJS |
1777 | <filename>/dev/zero</filename> instead of using <constant>MAP_ANON</constant>. For this setting the |
1778 | same restrictions regarding mount propagation and privileges apply as for | |
24832d10 | 1779 | <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> and related calls, see above.</para> |
b0238568 | 1780 | |
a14e028e ZJS |
1781 | <para>Note that the implementation of this setting might be impossible (for example if mount |
1782 | namespaces are not available), and the unit should be written in a way that does not solely rely on | |
1783 | this setting for security.</para> | |
c4d4b5a7 | 1784 | |
1219bd43 | 1785 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
a14e028e ZJS |
1786 | |
1787 | <para>When access to some but not all devices must be possible, the <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname> | |
1788 | setting might be used instead. See | |
1789 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
aefdc112 AK |
1790 | </para> |
1791 | ||
1792 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1793 | </varlistentry> |
1794 | ||
1795 | <varlistentry> | |
1796 | <term><varname>PrivateNetwork=</varname></term> | |
1797 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
1798 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, sets up a new network namespace for the executed processes |
1799 | and configures only the loopback network device <literal>lo</literal> inside it. No other network devices will | |
1800 | be available to the executed process. This is useful to turn off network access by the executed process. | |
1801 | Defaults to false. It is possible to run two or more units within the same private network namespace by using | |
1802 | the <varname>JoinsNamespaceOf=</varname> directive, see | |
1803 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
9236cabf LP |
1804 | details. Note that this option will disconnect all socket families from the host, including |
1805 | <constant>AF_NETLINK</constant> and <constant>AF_UNIX</constant>. Effectively, for | |
1806 | <constant>AF_NETLINK</constant> this means that device configuration events received from | |
1807 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-udevd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> are | |
1808 | not delivered to the unit's processes. And for <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> this has the effect that | |
1809 | <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> sockets in the abstract socket namespace of the host will become unavailable to | |
1810 | the unit's processes (however, those located in the file system will continue to be accessible).</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
1811 | |
1812 | <para>Note that the implementation of this setting might be impossible (for example if network namespaces are | |
1813 | not available), and the unit should be written in a way that does not solely rely on this setting for | |
4107452e LP |
1814 | security.</para> |
1815 | ||
c2da3bf2 YW |
1816 | <para>When this option is enabled, <varname>PrivateMounts=</varname> is implied unless it is |
1817 | explicitly disabled, and <filename>/sys</filename> will be remounted to associate it with the new | |
1818 | network namespace.</para> | |
1819 | ||
4107452e LP |
1820 | <para>When this option is used on a socket unit any sockets bound on behalf of this unit will be |
1821 | bound within a private network namespace. This may be combined with | |
1822 | <varname>JoinsNamespaceOf=</varname> to listen on sockets inside of network namespaces of other | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
1823 | services.</para> |
1824 | ||
1219bd43 | 1825 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> |
4107452e LP |
1826 | </varlistentry> |
1827 | ||
1828 | <varlistentry> | |
1829 | <term><varname>NetworkNamespacePath=</varname></term> | |
1830 | ||
6870daff | 1831 | <listitem><para>Takes an absolute file system path referring to a Linux network namespace |
4107452e LP |
1832 | pseudo-file (i.e. a file like <filename>/proc/$PID/ns/net</filename> or a bind mount or symlink to |
1833 | one). When set the invoked processes are added to the network namespace referenced by that path. The | |
1834 | path has to point to a valid namespace file at the moment the processes are forked off. If this | |
1835 | option is used <varname>PrivateNetwork=</varname> has no effect. If this option is used together with | |
1836 | <varname>JoinsNamespaceOf=</varname> then it only has an effect if this unit is started before any of | |
1837 | the listed units that have <varname>PrivateNetwork=</varname> or | |
1838 | <varname>NetworkNamespacePath=</varname> configured, as otherwise the network namespace of those | |
1839 | units is reused.</para> | |
1840 | ||
c2da3bf2 YW |
1841 | <para>When this option is enabled, <varname>PrivateMounts=</varname> is implied unless it is |
1842 | explicitly disabled, and <filename>/sys</filename> will be remounted to associate it with the new | |
1843 | network namespace.</para> | |
1844 | ||
4107452e | 1845 | <para>When this option is used on a socket unit any sockets bound on behalf of this unit will be |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
1846 | bound within the specified network namespace.</para> |
1847 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
1848 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
1849 | ||
1850 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
1851 | </varlistentry> |
1852 | ||
a70581ff XR |
1853 | <varlistentry> |
1854 | <term><varname>PrivateIPC=</varname></term> | |
1855 | ||
1856 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, sets up a new IPC namespace for the executed processes. | |
1857 | Each IPC namespace has its own set of System V IPC identifiers and its own POSIX message queue file system. | |
1858 | This is useful to avoid name clash of IPC identifiers. Defaults to false. It is possible to run two or | |
1859 | more units within the same private IPC namespace by using the <varname>JoinsNamespaceOf=</varname> directive, | |
1860 | see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
1861 | details.</para> | |
1862 | ||
1863 | <para>Note that IPC namespacing does not have an effect on | |
1864 | <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> sockets, which are the most common | |
1865 | form of IPC used on Linux. Instead, <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> | |
1866 | sockets in the file system are subject to mount namespacing, and | |
1867 | those in the abstract namespace are subject to network namespacing. | |
1868 | IPC namespacing only has an effect on SysV IPC (which is mostly | |
1869 | legacy) as well as POSIX message queues (for which | |
1870 | <constant>AF_UNIX</constant>/<constant>SOCK_SEQPACKET</constant> | |
1871 | sockets are typically a better replacement). IPC namespacing also | |
1872 | has no effect on POSIX shared memory (which is subject to mount | |
1873 | namespacing) either. See | |
ba3dc451 | 1874 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>ipc_namespaces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
a70581ff XR |
1875 | the details.</para> |
1876 | ||
1877 | <para>Note that the implementation of this setting might be impossible (for example if IPC namespaces are | |
1878 | not available), and the unit should be written in a way that does not solely rely on this setting for | |
1879 | security.</para> | |
1880 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
1881 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
1882 | ||
1883 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> | |
a70581ff XR |
1884 | </varlistentry> |
1885 | ||
1886 | <varlistentry> | |
1887 | <term><varname>IPCNamespacePath=</varname></term> | |
1888 | ||
6870daff | 1889 | <listitem><para>Takes an absolute file system path referring to a Linux IPC namespace |
a70581ff XR |
1890 | pseudo-file (i.e. a file like <filename>/proc/$PID/ns/ipc</filename> or a bind mount or symlink to |
1891 | one). When set the invoked processes are added to the network namespace referenced by that path. The | |
1892 | path has to point to a valid namespace file at the moment the processes are forked off. If this | |
1893 | option is used <varname>PrivateIPC=</varname> has no effect. If this option is used together with | |
1894 | <varname>JoinsNamespaceOf=</varname> then it only has an effect if this unit is started before any of | |
1895 | the listed units that have <varname>PrivateIPC=</varname> or | |
1896 | <varname>IPCNamespacePath=</varname> configured, as otherwise the network namespace of those | |
1897 | units is reused.</para> | |
1898 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
1899 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
1900 | ||
1901 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> | |
a70581ff XR |
1902 | </varlistentry> |
1903 | ||
85614c6e SR |
1904 | <varlistentry> |
1905 | <term><varname>MemoryKSM=</varname></term> | |
1906 | ||
1907 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. When set, it enables KSM (kernel samepage merging) for | |
1908 | the processes. KSM is a memory-saving de-duplication feature. Anonymous memory pages with identical | |
1909 | content can be replaced by a single write-protected page. This feature should only be enabled for | |
1910 | jobs that share the same security domain. For details, see | |
1911 | <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/mm/ksm.html">Kernel Samepage Merging</ulink> in the | |
1912 | kernel documentation.</para> | |
1913 | ||
1914 | <para>Note that this functionality might not be available, for example if KSM is disabled in the | |
1915 | kernel, or the kernel doesn't support controlling KSM at the process level through | |
bf63dadb | 1916 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>prctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> |
ec07c3c8 AK |
1917 | |
1918 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> | |
85614c6e SR |
1919 | </listitem> |
1920 | </varlistentry> | |
1921 | ||
798d3a52 | 1922 | <varlistentry> |
d251207d LP |
1923 | <term><varname>PrivateUsers=</varname></term> |
1924 | ||
1925 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, sets up a new user namespace for the executed processes and | |
1926 | configures a minimal user and group mapping, that maps the <literal>root</literal> user and group as well as | |
1927 | the unit's own user and group to themselves and everything else to the <literal>nobody</literal> user and | |
1928 | group. This is useful to securely detach the user and group databases used by the unit from the rest of the | |
1929 | system, and thus to create an effective sandbox environment. All files, directories, processes, IPC objects and | |
2dd67817 | 1930 | other resources owned by users/groups not equaling <literal>root</literal> or the unit's own will stay visible |
d251207d LP |
1931 | from within the unit but appear owned by the <literal>nobody</literal> user and group. If this mode is enabled, |
1932 | all unit processes are run without privileges in the host user namespace (regardless if the unit's own | |
1933 | user/group is <literal>root</literal> or not). Specifically this means that the process will have zero process | |
1934 | capabilities on the host's user namespace, but full capabilities within the service's user namespace. Settings | |
1935 | such as <varname>CapabilityBoundingSet=</varname> will affect only the latter, and there's no way to acquire | |
1936 | additional capabilities in the host's user namespace. Defaults to off.</para> | |
1937 | ||
5749f855 AZ |
1938 | <para>When this setting is set up by a per-user instance of the service manager, the mapping of the |
1939 | <literal>root</literal> user and group to itself is omitted (unless the user manager is root). | |
1940 | Additionally, in the per-user instance manager case, the | |
1941 | user namespace will be set up before most other namespaces. This means that combining | |
1942 | <varname>PrivateUsers=</varname><option>true</option> with other namespaces will enable use of features not | |
1943 | normally supported by the per-user instances of the service manager.</para> | |
1944 | ||
915e6d16 LP |
1945 | <para>This setting is particularly useful in conjunction with |
1946 | <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname>, as the need to synchronize the user and group | |
1947 | databases in the root directory and on the host is reduced, as the only users and groups who need to be matched | |
b0238568 ZJS |
1948 | are <literal>root</literal>, <literal>nobody</literal> and the unit's own user and group.</para> |
1949 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
1950 | <para>Note that the implementation of this setting might be impossible (for example if user namespaces are not |
1951 | available), and the unit should be written in a way that does not solely rely on this setting for | |
aefdc112 AK |
1952 | security.</para> |
1953 | ||
1954 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
d251207d LP |
1955 | </varlistentry> |
1956 | ||
aecd5ac6 TM |
1957 | <varlistentry> |
1958 | <term><varname>ProtectHostname=</varname></term> | |
1959 | ||
1960 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. When set, sets up a new UTS namespace for the executed | |
1961 | processes. In addition, changing hostname or domainname is prevented. Defaults to off.</para> | |
1962 | ||
8df87b43 LP |
1963 | <para>Note that the implementation of this setting might be impossible (for example if UTS namespaces |
1964 | are not available), and the unit should be written in a way that does not solely rely on this setting | |
1965 | for security.</para> | |
1966 | ||
1967 | <para>Note that when this option is enabled for a service hostname changes no longer propagate from | |
1968 | the system into the service, it is hence not suitable for services that need to take notice of system | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
1969 | hostname changes dynamically.</para> |
1970 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
1971 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
1972 | ||
1973 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> | |
aecd5ac6 TM |
1974 | </varlistentry> |
1975 | ||
022d3345 KK |
1976 | <varlistentry> |
1977 | <term><varname>ProtectClock=</varname></term> | |
1978 | ||
42eccfec ZJS |
1979 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If set, writes to the hardware clock or system clock will |
1980 | be denied. Defaults to off. Enabling this option removes <constant>CAP_SYS_TIME</constant> and | |
1981 | <constant>CAP_WAKE_ALARM</constant> from the capability bounding set for this unit, installs a system | |
1982 | call filter to block calls that can set the clock, and <varname>DeviceAllow=char-rtc r</varname> is | |
1983 | implied. Note that the system calls are blocked altogether, the filter does not take into account | |
1984 | that some of the calls can be used to read the clock state with some parameter combinations. | |
1985 | Effectively, <filename>/dev/rtc0</filename>, <filename>/dev/rtc1</filename>, etc. are made read-only | |
1986 | to the service. See | |
022d3345 | 1987 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
24832d10 | 1988 | for the details about <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>.</para> |
022d3345 | 1989 | |
42eccfec ZJS |
1990 | <para>It is recommended to turn this on for most services that do not need modify the clock or check |
1991 | its state.</para> | |
1992 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
1993 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
1994 | ||
1995 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> | |
022d3345 KK |
1996 | </varlistentry> |
1997 | ||
59eeb84b LP |
1998 | <varlistentry> |
1999 | <term><varname>ProtectKernelTunables=</varname></term> | |
2000 | ||
2001 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, kernel variables accessible through | |
3b121157 | 2002 | <filename>/proc/sys/</filename>, <filename>/sys/</filename>, <filename>/proc/sysrq-trigger</filename>, |
49accde7 DH |
2003 | <filename>/proc/latency_stats</filename>, <filename>/proc/acpi</filename>, |
2004 | <filename>/proc/timer_stats</filename>, <filename>/proc/fs</filename> and <filename>/proc/irq</filename> will | |
525872bf LP |
2005 | be made read-only to all processes of the unit. Usually, tunable kernel variables should be initialized only at |
2006 | boot-time, for example with the | |
2007 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> mechanism. Few | |
2008 | services need to write to these at runtime; it is hence recommended to turn this on for most services. For this | |
2009 | setting the same restrictions regarding mount propagation and privileges apply as for | |
24832d10 ILG |
2010 | <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> and related calls, see above. Defaults to off. |
2011 | Note that this option does not prevent indirect changes to kernel tunables effected by IPC calls to | |
2012 | other processes. However, <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname> may be used to make relevant IPC file system | |
2013 | objects inaccessible. If <varname>ProtectKernelTunables=</varname> is set, | |
266d0bb9 | 2014 | <varname>MountAPIVFS=yes</varname> is implied.</para> |
c4d4b5a7 | 2015 | |
aefdc112 AK |
2016 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
2017 | ||
2018 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
59eeb84b LP |
2019 | </varlistentry> |
2020 | ||
85265556 DH |
2021 | <varlistentry> |
2022 | <term><varname>ProtectKernelModules=</varname></term> | |
2023 | ||
1b2ad5d9 MB |
2024 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, explicit module loading will be denied. This allows |
2025 | module load and unload operations to be turned off on modular kernels. It is recommended to turn this on for most services | |
bf2d3d7c | 2026 | that do not need special file systems or extra kernel modules to work. Defaults to off. Enabling this option |
b8afec21 LP |
2027 | removes <constant>CAP_SYS_MODULE</constant> from the capability bounding set for the unit, and installs a |
2028 | system call filter to block module system calls, also <filename>/usr/lib/modules</filename> is made | |
2029 | inaccessible. For this setting the same restrictions regarding mount propagation and privileges apply as for | |
b105d413 | 2030 | <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> and related calls, see above. Note that limited automatic module loading due |
b8afec21 | 2031 | to user configuration or kernel mapping tables might still happen as side effect of requested user operations, |
85265556 DH |
2032 | both privileged and unprivileged. To disable module auto-load feature please see |
2033 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
2034 | <constant>kernel.modules_disabled</constant> mechanism and | |
24832d10 | 2035 | <filename>/proc/sys/kernel/modules_disabled</filename> documentation.</para> |
c4d4b5a7 | 2036 | |
aefdc112 AK |
2037 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
2038 | ||
2039 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
85265556 DH |
2040 | </varlistentry> |
2041 | ||
d916e35b KK |
2042 | <varlistentry> |
2043 | <term><varname>ProtectKernelLogs=</varname></term> | |
2044 | ||
2045 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, access to the kernel log ring buffer will be denied. It is | |
2046 | recommended to turn this on for most services that do not need to read from or write to the kernel log ring | |
2047 | buffer. Enabling this option removes <constant>CAP_SYSLOG</constant> from the capability bounding set for this | |
2048 | unit, and installs a system call filter to block the | |
2049 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
2050 | system call (not to be confused with the libc API | |
2051 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
2052 | for userspace logging). The kernel exposes its log buffer to userspace via <filename>/dev/kmsg</filename> and | |
266d0bb9 | 2053 | <filename>/proc/kmsg</filename>. If enabled, these are made inaccessible to all the processes in the unit. |
24832d10 | 2054 | </para> |
d916e35b | 2055 | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
2056 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
2057 | ||
2058 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> | |
d916e35b KK |
2059 | </varlistentry> |
2060 | ||
59eeb84b LP |
2061 | <varlistentry> |
2062 | <term><varname>ProtectControlGroups=</varname></term> | |
2063 | ||
effbd6d2 LP |
2064 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, the Linux Control Groups (<citerefentry |
2065 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>cgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>) hierarchies | |
3b121157 | 2066 | accessible through <filename>/sys/fs/cgroup/</filename> will be made read-only to all processes of the |
effbd6d2 LP |
2067 | unit. Except for container managers no services should require write access to the control groups hierarchies; |
2068 | it is hence recommended to turn this on for most services. For this setting the same restrictions regarding | |
2069 | mount propagation and privileges apply as for <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> and related calls, see | |
b8afec21 | 2070 | above. Defaults to off. If <varname>ProtectControlGroups=</varname> is set, <varname>MountAPIVFS=yes</varname> |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
2071 | is implied.</para> |
2072 | ||
aefdc112 AK |
2073 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
2074 | ||
2075 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2076 | </varlistentry> |
2077 | ||
2078 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 2079 | <term><varname>RestrictAddressFamilies=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 2080 | |
6b000af4 | 2081 | <listitem><para>Restricts the set of socket address families accessible to the processes of this |
4e6c50a5 YW |
2082 | unit. Takes <literal>none</literal>, or a space-separated list of address family names to |
2083 | allow-list, such as <constant>AF_UNIX</constant>, <constant>AF_INET</constant> or | |
2084 | <constant>AF_INET6</constant>. When <literal>none</literal> is specified, then all address | |
2085 | families will be denied. When prefixed with <literal>~</literal> the listed address | |
2086 | families will be applied as deny list, otherwise as allow list. Note that this restricts access | |
2087 | to the | |
2088 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
6b000af4 LP |
2089 | system call only. Sockets passed into the process by other means (for example, by using socket |
2090 | activation with socket units, see | |
2091 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>) | |
2092 | are unaffected. Also, sockets created with <function>socketpair()</function> (which creates connected | |
2093 | AF_UNIX sockets only) are unaffected. Note that this option has no effect on 32-bit x86, s390, s390x, | |
e9dd6984 | 2094 | mips, mips-le, ppc, ppc-le, ppc64, ppc64-le and is ignored (but works correctly on other ABIs, |
6b000af4 LP |
2095 | including x86-64). Note that on systems supporting multiple ABIs (such as x86/x86-64) it is |
2096 | recommended to turn off alternative ABIs for services, so that they cannot be used to circumvent the | |
2097 | restrictions of this option. Specifically, it is recommended to combine this option with | |
24832d10 ILG |
2098 | <varname>SystemCallArchitectures=native</varname> or similar. By default, no restrictions apply, all |
2099 | address families are accessible to processes. If assigned the empty string, any previous address family | |
2100 | restriction changes are undone. This setting does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2101 | |
2102 | <para>Use this option to limit exposure of processes to remote access, in particular via exotic and sensitive | |
2103 | network protocols, such as <constant>AF_PACKET</constant>. Note that in most cases, the local | |
6b000af4 | 2104 | <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> address family should be included in the configured allow list as it is frequently |
b8afec21 LP |
2105 | used for local communication, including for |
2106 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
aefdc112 AK |
2107 | logging.</para> |
2108 | ||
2109 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2110 | </varlistentry> |
2111 | ||
a6826f6b ILG |
2112 | <varlistentry> |
2113 | <term><varname>RestrictFileSystems=</varname></term> | |
2114 | ||
2115 | <listitem><para>Restricts the set of filesystems processes of this unit can open files on. Takes a space-separated | |
2116 | list of filesystem names. Any filesystem listed is made accessible to the unit's processes, access to filesystem | |
2117 | types not listed is prohibited (allow-listing). If the first character of the list is <literal>~</literal>, the | |
2118 | effect is inverted: access to the filesystems listed is prohibited (deny-listing). If the empty string is assigned, | |
2119 | access to filesystems is not restricted.</para> | |
2120 | ||
2121 | <para>If you specify both types of this option (i.e. allow-listing and deny-listing), the first encountered will take | |
2122 | precedence and will dictate the default action (allow access to the filesystem or deny it). Then the next occurrences | |
2123 | of this option will add or delete the listed filesystems from the set of the restricted filesystems, depending on its | |
2124 | type and the default action.</para> | |
2125 | ||
2126 | <para>Example: if a unit has the following, | |
2127 | <programlisting>RestrictFileSystems=ext4 tmpfs | |
2128 | RestrictFileSystems=ext2 ext4</programlisting> | |
2129 | then access to <constant>ext4</constant>, <constant>tmpfs</constant>, and <constant>ext2</constant> is allowed | |
2130 | and access to other filesystems is denied.</para> | |
2131 | ||
2132 | <para>Example: if a unit has the following, | |
2133 | <programlisting>RestrictFileSystems=ext4 tmpfs | |
2134 | RestrictFileSystems=~ext4</programlisting> | |
2135 | then only access <constant>tmpfs</constant> is allowed.</para> | |
2136 | ||
2137 | <para>Example: if a unit has the following, | |
2138 | <programlisting>RestrictFileSystems=~ext4 tmpfs | |
2139 | RestrictFileSystems=ext4</programlisting> | |
2140 | then only access to <constant>tmpfs</constant> is denied.</para> | |
2141 | ||
b105d413 | 2142 | <para>As the number of possible filesystems is large, predefined sets of filesystems are provided. A set |
a6826f6b ILG |
2143 | starts with <literal>@</literal> character, followed by name of the set.</para> |
2144 | ||
2145 | <table> | |
2146 | <title>Currently predefined filesystem sets</title> | |
2147 | ||
2148 | <tgroup cols='2'> | |
2149 | <colspec colname='set' /> | |
2150 | <colspec colname='description' /> | |
2151 | <thead> | |
2152 | <row> | |
2153 | <entry>Set</entry> | |
2154 | <entry>Description</entry> | |
2155 | </row> | |
2156 | </thead> | |
2157 | <tbody> | |
2158 | <row> | |
2159 | <entry>@basic-api</entry> | |
2160 | <entry>Basic filesystem API.</entry> | |
2161 | </row> | |
2162 | <row> | |
2163 | <entry>@auxiliary-api</entry> | |
2164 | <entry>Auxiliary filesystem API.</entry> | |
2165 | </row> | |
2166 | <row> | |
2167 | <entry>@common-block</entry> | |
2168 | <entry>Common block device filesystems.</entry> | |
2169 | </row> | |
2170 | <row> | |
2171 | <entry>@historical-block</entry> | |
2172 | <entry>Historical block device filesystems.</entry> | |
2173 | </row> | |
2174 | <row> | |
2175 | <entry>@network</entry> | |
2176 | <entry>Well-known network filesystems.</entry> | |
2177 | </row> | |
2178 | <row> | |
2179 | <entry>@privileged-api</entry> | |
2180 | <entry>Privileged filesystem API.</entry> | |
2181 | </row> | |
2182 | <row> | |
2183 | <entry>@temporary</entry> | |
2184 | <entry>Temporary filesystems: tmpfs, ramfs.</entry> | |
2185 | </row> | |
2186 | <row> | |
2187 | <entry>@known</entry> | |
fe003f02 | 2188 | <entry>All known filesystems defined by the kernel. This list is defined statically in systemd based on a kernel version that was available when this systemd version was released. It will become progressively more out-of-date as the kernel is updated.</entry> |
a6826f6b ILG |
2189 | </row> |
2190 | </tbody> | |
2191 | </tgroup> | |
2192 | </table> | |
2193 | ||
2194 | <para>Use | |
2195 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-analyze</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s | |
2196 | <command>filesystems</command> command to retrieve a list of filesystems defined on the local | |
2197 | system.</para> | |
2198 | ||
2199 | <para>Note that this setting might not be supported on some systems (for example if the LSM eBPF hook is | |
2200 | not enabled in the underlying kernel or if not using the unified control group hierarchy). In that case this setting | |
f2af682c LB |
2201 | has no effect.</para> |
2202 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
2203 | <xi:include href="cgroup-sandboxing.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
2204 | ||
2205 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> | |
a6826f6b ILG |
2206 | </varlistentry> |
2207 | ||
798d3a52 | 2208 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 2209 | <term><varname>RestrictNamespaces=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 2210 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2211 | <listitem><para>Restricts access to Linux namespace functionality for the processes of this unit. For details |
2212 | about Linux namespaces, see <citerefentry | |
2213 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>namespaces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Either | |
2214 | takes a boolean argument, or a space-separated list of namespace type identifiers. If false (the default), no | |
2215 | restrictions on namespace creation and switching are made. If true, access to any kind of namespacing is | |
2216 | prohibited. Otherwise, a space-separated list of namespace type identifiers must be specified, consisting of | |
2217 | any combination of: <constant>cgroup</constant>, <constant>ipc</constant>, <constant>net</constant>, | |
2218 | <constant>mnt</constant>, <constant>pid</constant>, <constant>user</constant> and <constant>uts</constant>. Any | |
2219 | namespace type listed is made accessible to the unit's processes, access to namespace types not listed is | |
6b000af4 | 2220 | prohibited (allow-listing). By prepending the list with a single tilde character (<literal>~</literal>) the |
b8afec21 | 2221 | effect may be inverted: only the listed namespace types will be made inaccessible, all unlisted ones are |
6b000af4 | 2222 | permitted (deny-listing). If the empty string is assigned, the default namespace restrictions are applied, |
53255e53 YW |
2223 | which is equivalent to false. This option may appear more than once, in which case the namespace types are |
2224 | merged by <constant>OR</constant>, or by <constant>AND</constant> if the lines are prefixed with | |
2225 | <literal>~</literal> (see examples below). Internally, this setting limits access to the | |
b8afec21 LP |
2226 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>unshare</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, |
2227 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>clone</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and | |
2228 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setns</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system calls, taking | |
2229 | the specified flags parameters into account. Note that — if this option is used — in addition to restricting | |
2230 | creation and switching of the specified types of namespaces (or all of them, if true) access to the | |
b105d413 | 2231 | <function>setns()</function> system call with a zero flags parameter is prohibited. This setting is only |
b8afec21 | 2232 | supported on x86, x86-64, mips, mips-le, mips64, mips64-le, mips64-n32, mips64-le-n32, ppc64, ppc64-le, s390 |
24832d10 | 2233 | and s390x, and enforces no restrictions on other architectures.</para> |
53255e53 YW |
2234 | |
2235 | <para>Example: if a unit has the following, | |
2236 | <programlisting>RestrictNamespaces=cgroup ipc | |
2237 | RestrictNamespaces=cgroup net</programlisting> | |
2238 | then <constant>cgroup</constant>, <constant>ipc</constant>, and <constant>net</constant> are set. | |
2239 | If the second line is prefixed with <literal>~</literal>, e.g., | |
2240 | <programlisting>RestrictNamespaces=cgroup ipc | |
2241 | RestrictNamespaces=~cgroup net</programlisting> | |
aefdc112 AK |
2242 | then, only <constant>ipc</constant> is set.</para> |
2243 | ||
2244 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2245 | </varlistentry> |
2246 | ||
023a4f67 | 2247 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 2248 | <term><varname>LockPersonality=</varname></term> |
023a4f67 | 2249 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2250 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If set, locks down the <citerefentry |
2251 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>personality</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system | |
2252 | call so that the kernel execution domain may not be changed from the default or the personality selected with | |
2253 | <varname>Personality=</varname> directive. This may be useful to improve security, because odd personality | |
24832d10 | 2254 | emulations may be poorly tested and source of vulnerabilities.</para> |
aefdc112 AK |
2255 | |
2256 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> | |
023a4f67 LP |
2257 | </varlistentry> |
2258 | ||
798d3a52 | 2259 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 2260 | <term><varname>MemoryDenyWriteExecute=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 2261 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2262 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If set, attempts to create memory mappings that are writable and |
2263 | executable at the same time, or to change existing memory mappings to become executable, or mapping shared | |
7a114ed4 TM |
2264 | memory segments as executable, are prohibited. Specifically, a system call filter is added (or |
2265 | preferably, an equivalent kernel check is enabled with | |
2266 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>prctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>) that | |
2267 | rejects <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
2268 | system calls with both <constant>PROT_EXEC</constant> and <constant>PROT_WRITE</constant> set, | |
b8afec21 LP |
2269 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mprotect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> or |
2270 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkey_mprotect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system calls | |
2271 | with <constant>PROT_EXEC</constant> set and | |
2272 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shmat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system calls with | |
2273 | <constant>SHM_EXEC</constant> set. Note that this option is incompatible with programs and libraries that | |
2274 | generate program code dynamically at runtime, including JIT execution engines, executable stacks, and code | |
2275 | "trampoline" feature of various C compilers. This option improves service security, as it makes harder for | |
10d44e72 TM |
2276 | software exploits to change running code dynamically. However, the protection can be circumvented, if |
2277 | the service can write to a filesystem, which is not mounted with <constant>noexec</constant> (such as | |
b105d413 | 2278 | <filename>/dev/shm</filename>), or it can use <function>memfd_create()</function>. This can be |
10d44e72 TM |
2279 | prevented by making such file systems inaccessible to the service |
2280 | (e.g. <varname>InaccessiblePaths=/dev/shm</varname>) and installing further system call filters | |
2281 | (<varname>SystemCallFilter=~memfd_create</varname>). Note that this feature is fully available on | |
2282 | x86-64, and partially on x86. Specifically, the <function>shmat()</function> protection is not | |
2283 | available on x86. Note that on systems supporting multiple ABIs (such as x86/x86-64) it is | |
2284 | recommended to turn off alternative ABIs for services, so that they cannot be used to circumvent the | |
2285 | restrictions of this option. Specifically, it is recommended to combine this option with | |
24832d10 | 2286 | <varname>SystemCallArchitectures=native</varname> or similar.</para> |
aefdc112 AK |
2287 | |
2288 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2289 | </varlistentry> |
2290 | ||
2291 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 2292 | <term><varname>RestrictRealtime=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 2293 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2294 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If set, any attempts to enable realtime scheduling in a process of |
2295 | the unit are refused. This restricts access to realtime task scheduling policies such as | |
2296 | <constant>SCHED_FIFO</constant>, <constant>SCHED_RR</constant> or <constant>SCHED_DEADLINE</constant>. See | |
2297 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>sched</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
24832d10 | 2298 | for details about these scheduling policies. Realtime scheduling policies may be used to monopolize CPU |
b8afec21 LP |
2299 | time for longer periods of time, and may hence be used to lock up or otherwise trigger Denial-of-Service |
2300 | situations on the system. It is hence recommended to restrict access to realtime scheduling to the few programs | |
aefdc112 AK |
2301 | that actually require them. Defaults to off.</para> |
2302 | ||
2303 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2304 | </varlistentry> |
2305 | ||
7445db6e LP |
2306 | <varlistentry> |
2307 | <term><varname>RestrictSUIDSGID=</varname></term> | |
2308 | ||
2309 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If set, any attempts to set the set-user-ID (SUID) or | |
2310 | set-group-ID (SGID) bits on files or directories will be denied (for details on these bits see | |
2311 | <citerefentry | |
24832d10 ILG |
2312 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>). |
2313 | As the SUID/SGID bits are mechanisms to elevate privileges, and allow users to acquire the | |
7445db6e LP |
2314 | identity of other users, it is recommended to restrict creation of SUID/SGID files to the few |
2315 | programs that actually require them. Note that this restricts marking of any type of file system | |
2316 | object with these bits, including both regular files and directories (where the SGID is a different | |
bf65b7e0 | 2317 | meaning than for files, see documentation). This option is implied if <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> |
ec07c3c8 AK |
2318 | is enabled. Defaults to off.</para> |
2319 | ||
2320 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> | |
7445db6e LP |
2321 | </varlistentry> |
2322 | ||
798d3a52 | 2323 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 2324 | <term><varname>RemoveIPC=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 2325 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2326 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter. If set, all System V and POSIX IPC objects owned by the user and |
2327 | group the processes of this unit are run as are removed when the unit is stopped. This setting only has an | |
2328 | effect if at least one of <varname>User=</varname>, <varname>Group=</varname> and | |
2329 | <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> are used. It has no effect on IPC objects owned by the root user. Specifically, | |
2330 | this removes System V semaphores, as well as System V and POSIX shared memory segments and message queues. If | |
2331 | multiple units use the same user or group the IPC objects are removed when the last of these units is | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
2332 | stopped. This setting is implied if <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> is set.</para> |
2333 | ||
aefdc112 AK |
2334 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
2335 | ||
2336 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2337 | </varlistentry> |
2338 | ||
2f2e14b2 LP |
2339 | <varlistentry> |
2340 | <term><varname>PrivateMounts=</varname></term> | |
2341 | ||
2342 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter. If set, the processes of this unit will be run in their own private | |
2343 | file system (mount) namespace with all mount propagation from the processes towards the host's main file system | |
2344 | namespace turned off. This means any file system mount points established or removed by the unit's processes | |
2345 | will be private to them and not be visible to the host. However, file system mount points established or | |
2346 | removed on the host will be propagated to the unit's processes. See <citerefentry | |
2347 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount_namespaces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
2348 | details on file system namespaces. Defaults to off.</para> | |
2349 | ||
2350 | <para>When turned on, this executes three operations for each invoked process: a new | |
2351 | <constant>CLONE_NEWNS</constant> namespace is created, after which all existing mounts are remounted to | |
2352 | <constant>MS_SLAVE</constant> to disable propagation from the unit's processes to the host (but leaving | |
2353 | propagation in the opposite direction in effect). Finally, the mounts are remounted again to the propagation | |
2354 | mode configured with <varname>MountFlags=</varname>, see below.</para> | |
2355 | ||
2356 | <para>File system namespaces are set up individually for each process forked off by the service manager. Mounts | |
2357 | established in the namespace of the process created by <varname>ExecStartPre=</varname> will hence be cleaned | |
2358 | up automatically as soon as that process exits and will not be available to subsequent processes forked off for | |
2359 | <varname>ExecStart=</varname> (and similar applies to the various other commands configured for | |
2360 | units). Similarly, <varname>JoinsNamespaceOf=</varname> does not permit sharing kernel mount namespaces between | |
2361 | units, it only enables sharing of the <filename>/tmp/</filename> and <filename>/var/tmp/</filename> | |
2362 | directories.</para> | |
2363 | ||
2364 | <para>Other file system namespace unit settings — <varname>PrivateMounts=</varname>, | |
2365 | <varname>PrivateTmp=</varname>, <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname>, <varname>ProtectSystem=</varname>, | |
2366 | <varname>ProtectHome=</varname>, <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname>, | |
2367 | <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname>, … — also enable file system namespacing in a fashion equivalent to this | |
2368 | option. Hence it is primarily useful to explicitly request this behaviour if none of the other settings are | |
c4d4b5a7 LP |
2369 | used.</para> |
2370 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
2371 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
2372 | ||
2373 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> | |
2f2e14b2 LP |
2374 | </varlistentry> |
2375 | ||
798d3a52 | 2376 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 2377 | <term><varname>MountFlags=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 2378 | |
2f2e14b2 LP |
2379 | <listitem><para>Takes a mount propagation setting: <option>shared</option>, <option>slave</option> or |
2380 | <option>private</option>, which controls whether file system mount points in the file system namespaces set up | |
2381 | for this unit's processes will receive or propagate mounts and unmounts from other file system namespaces. See | |
2382 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
2383 | for details on mount propagation, and the three propagation flags in particular.</para> | |
2384 | ||
2385 | <para>This setting only controls the <emphasis>final</emphasis> propagation setting in effect on all mount | |
2386 | points of the file system namespace created for each process of this unit. Other file system namespacing unit | |
2387 | settings (see the discussion in <varname>PrivateMounts=</varname> above) will implicitly disable mount and | |
2388 | unmount propagation from the unit's processes towards the host by changing the propagation setting of all mount | |
86b52a39 | 2389 | points in the unit's file system namespace to <option>slave</option> first. Setting this option to |
923f9101 | 2390 | <option>shared</option> does not reestablish propagation in that case.</para> |
2f2e14b2 LP |
2391 | |
2392 | <para>If not set – but file system namespaces are enabled through another file system namespace unit setting – | |
2393 | <option>shared</option> mount propagation is used, but — as mentioned — as <option>slave</option> is applied | |
2394 | first, propagation from the unit's processes to the host is still turned off.</para> | |
2395 | ||
cd990847 | 2396 | <para>It is not recommended to use <option>private</option> mount propagation for units, as this means |
2f2e14b2 LP |
2397 | temporary mounts (such as removable media) of the host will stay mounted and thus indefinitely busy in forked |
2398 | off processes, as unmount propagation events won't be received by the file system namespace of the unit.</para> | |
2399 | ||
2400 | <para>Usually, it is best to leave this setting unmodified, and use higher level file system namespacing | |
2401 | options instead, in particular <varname>PrivateMounts=</varname>, see above.</para> | |
c4d4b5a7 | 2402 | |
1219bd43 | 2403 | <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2404 | </varlistentry> |
2405 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
2406 | </variablelist> |
2407 | </refsect1> | |
a6fabe38 | 2408 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2409 | <refsect1> |
2410 | <title>System Call Filtering</title> | |
e0e2ecd5 | 2411 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2412 | |
2413 | <varlistentry> | |
2414 | <term><varname>SystemCallFilter=</varname></term> | |
2415 | ||
330703fb LP |
2416 | <listitem><para>Takes a space-separated list of system call names. If this setting is used, all |
2417 | system calls executed by the unit processes except for the listed ones will result in immediate | |
6b000af4 | 2418 | process termination with the <constant>SIGSYS</constant> signal (allow-listing). (See |
330703fb LP |
2419 | <varname>SystemCallErrorNumber=</varname> below for changing the default action). If the first |
2420 | character of the list is <literal>~</literal>, the effect is inverted: only the listed system calls | |
6b000af4 | 2421 | will result in immediate process termination (deny-listing). Deny-listed system calls and system call |
330703fb LP |
2422 | groups may optionally be suffixed with a colon (<literal>:</literal>) and <literal>errno</literal> |
2423 | error number (between 0 and 4095) or errno name such as <constant>EPERM</constant>, | |
2424 | <constant>EACCES</constant> or <constant>EUCLEAN</constant> (see <citerefentry | |
2425 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>errno</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a | |
6b000af4 | 2426 | full list). This value will be returned when a deny-listed system call is triggered, instead of |
005bfaf1 TM |
2427 | terminating the processes immediately. Special setting <literal>kill</literal> can be used to |
2428 | explicitly specify killing. This value takes precedence over the one given in | |
24832d10 ILG |
2429 | <varname>SystemCallErrorNumber=</varname>, see below. This feature makes use of the Secure Computing Mode 2 |
2430 | interfaces of the kernel ('seccomp filtering') and is useful for enforcing a minimal sandboxing environment. | |
2431 | Note that the <function>execve()</function>, <function>exit()</function>, <function>exit_group()</function>, | |
2432 | <function>getrlimit()</function>, <function>rt_sigreturn()</function>, <function>sigreturn()</function> | |
2433 | system calls and the system calls for querying time and sleeping are implicitly allow-listed and do not | |
2434 | need to be listed explicitly. This option may be specified more than once, in which case the filter masks are | |
330703fb LP |
2435 | merged. If the empty string is assigned, the filter is reset, all prior assignments will have no |
2436 | effect. This does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para> | |
798d3a52 | 2437 | |
0b8fab97 LP |
2438 | <para>Note that on systems supporting multiple ABIs (such as x86/x86-64) it is recommended to turn off |
2439 | alternative ABIs for services, so that they cannot be used to circumvent the restrictions of this | |
2440 | option. Specifically, it is recommended to combine this option with | |
2441 | <varname>SystemCallArchitectures=native</varname> or similar.</para> | |
2442 | ||
2ca8dc15 | 2443 | <para>Note that strict system call filters may impact execution and error handling code paths of the service |
725d9713 | 2444 | invocation. Specifically, access to the <function>execve()</function> system call is required for the execution |
2ca8dc15 LP |
2445 | of the service binary — if it is blocked service invocation will necessarily fail. Also, if execution of the |
2446 | service binary fails for some reason (for example: missing service executable), the error handling logic might | |
2447 | require access to an additional set of system calls in order to process and log this failure correctly. It | |
2448 | might be necessary to temporarily disable system call filters in order to simplify debugging of such | |
2449 | failures.</para> | |
2450 | ||
b105d413 | 2451 | <para>If you specify both types of this option (i.e. allow-listing and deny-listing), the first |
6b000af4 LP |
2452 | encountered will take precedence and will dictate the default action (termination or approval of a |
2453 | system call). Then the next occurrences of this option will add or delete the listed system calls | |
2454 | from the set of the filtered system calls, depending of its type and the default action. (For | |
725d9713 YW |
2455 | example, if you have started with an allow list rule for <function>read()</function> and |
2456 | <function>write()</function>, and right after it add a deny list rule for <function>write()</function>, | |
2457 | then <function>write()</function> will be removed from the set.)</para> | |
b8afec21 | 2458 | |
b105d413 | 2459 | <para>As the number of possible system calls is large, predefined sets of system calls are provided. A set |
b8afec21 | 2460 | starts with <literal>@</literal> character, followed by name of the set. |
201c1cc2 TM |
2461 | |
2462 | <table> | |
2463 | <title>Currently predefined system call sets</title> | |
2464 | ||
2465 | <tgroup cols='2'> | |
2466 | <colspec colname='set' /> | |
2467 | <colspec colname='description' /> | |
2468 | <thead> | |
2469 | <row> | |
2470 | <entry>Set</entry> | |
2471 | <entry>Description</entry> | |
2472 | </row> | |
2473 | </thead> | |
2474 | <tbody> | |
44898c53 LP |
2475 | <row> |
2476 | <entry>@aio</entry> | |
2477 | <entry>Asynchronous I/O (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>io_setup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>io_submit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and related calls)</entry> | |
2478 | </row> | |
133ddbbe LP |
2479 | <row> |
2480 | <entry>@basic-io</entry> | |
2481 | <entry>System calls for basic I/O: reading, writing, seeking, file descriptor duplication and closing (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>read</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>write</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and related calls)</entry> | |
2482 | </row> | |
44898c53 LP |
2483 | <row> |
2484 | <entry>@chown</entry> | |
2485 | <entry>Changing file ownership (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>chown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fchownat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and related calls)</entry> | |
2486 | </row> | |
201c1cc2 TM |
2487 | <row> |
2488 | <entry>@clock</entry> | |
1f9ac68b LP |
2489 | <entry>System calls for changing the system clock (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>adjtimex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>settimeofday</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and related calls)</entry> |
2490 | </row> | |
2491 | <row> | |
2492 | <entry>@cpu-emulation</entry> | |
2493 | <entry>System calls for CPU emulation functionality (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>vm86</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and related calls)</entry> | |
2494 | </row> | |
2495 | <row> | |
2496 | <entry>@debug</entry> | |
2497 | <entry>Debugging, performance monitoring and tracing functionality (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>ptrace</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>perf_event_open</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and related calls)</entry> | |
201c1cc2 | 2498 | </row> |
1a1b13c9 LP |
2499 | <row> |
2500 | <entry>@file-system</entry> | |
e9dd6984 | 2501 | <entry>File system operations: opening, creating files and directories for read and write, renaming and removing them, reading file properties, or creating hard and symbolic links</entry> |
1a1b13c9 | 2502 | </row> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2503 | <row> |
2504 | <entry>@io-event</entry> | |
1f9ac68b | 2505 | <entry>Event loop system calls (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>epoll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>eventfd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and related calls)</entry> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2506 | </row> |
2507 | <row> | |
2508 | <entry>@ipc</entry> | |
cd5bfd7e | 2509 | <entry>Pipes, SysV IPC, POSIX Message Queues and other IPC (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mq_overview</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>svipc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>)</entry> |
1f9ac68b LP |
2510 | </row> |
2511 | <row> | |
2512 | <entry>@keyring</entry> | |
2513 | <entry>Kernel keyring access (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>keyctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and related calls)</entry> | |
201c1cc2 | 2514 | </row> |
cd0ddf6f LP |
2515 | <row> |
2516 | <entry>@memlock</entry> | |
e9dd6984 | 2517 | <entry>Locking of memory in RAM (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mlock</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mlockall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and related calls)</entry> |
cd0ddf6f | 2518 | </row> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2519 | <row> |
2520 | <entry>@module</entry> | |
d5efc18b | 2521 | <entry>Loading and unloading of kernel modules (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>init_module</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>delete_module</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> and related calls)</entry> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2522 | </row> |
2523 | <row> | |
2524 | <entry>@mount</entry> | |
d5efc18b | 2525 | <entry>Mounting and unmounting of file systems (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and related calls)</entry> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2526 | </row> |
2527 | <row> | |
2528 | <entry>@network-io</entry> | |
1f9ac68b | 2529 | <entry>Socket I/O (including local AF_UNIX): <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>unix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry></entry> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2530 | </row> |
2531 | <row> | |
2532 | <entry>@obsolete</entry> | |
1f9ac68b | 2533 | <entry>Unusual, obsolete or unimplemented (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>create_module</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>gtty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, …)</entry> |
201c1cc2 | 2534 | </row> |
f452e046 LP |
2535 | <row> |
2536 | <entry>@pkey</entry> | |
2537 | <entry>System calls that deal with memory protection keys (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>pkeys</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>)</entry> | |
2538 | </row> | |
201c1cc2 TM |
2539 | <row> |
2540 | <entry>@privileged</entry> | |
1f9ac68b | 2541 | <entry>All system calls which need super-user capabilities (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>capabilities</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>)</entry> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2542 | </row> |
2543 | <row> | |
2544 | <entry>@process</entry> | |
5e2b0e1c | 2545 | <entry>Process control, execution, namespacing operations (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>clone</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>namespaces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, …)</entry> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2546 | </row> |
2547 | <row> | |
2548 | <entry>@raw-io</entry> | |
aa6b9cec | 2549 | <entry>Raw I/O port access (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>ioperm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>iopl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <function>pciconfig_read()</function>, …)</entry> |
201c1cc2 | 2550 | </row> |
bd2ab3f4 LP |
2551 | <row> |
2552 | <entry>@reboot</entry> | |
2553 | <entry>System calls for rebooting and reboot preparation (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>reboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <function>kexec()</function>, …)</entry> | |
2554 | </row> | |
133ddbbe LP |
2555 | <row> |
2556 | <entry>@resources</entry> | |
2557 | <entry>System calls for changing resource limits, memory and scheduling parameters (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>setrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>setpriority</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, …)</entry> | |
2558 | </row> | |
f452e046 LP |
2559 | <row> |
2560 | <entry>@sandbox</entry> | |
2561 | <entry>System calls for sandboxing programs (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>seccomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, Landlock system calls, …)</entry> | |
2562 | </row> | |
6eaaeee9 LP |
2563 | <row> |
2564 | <entry>@setuid</entry> | |
2565 | <entry>System calls for changing user ID and group ID credentials, (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>setuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>setgid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>setresuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, …)</entry> | |
2566 | </row> | |
cd0ddf6f LP |
2567 | <row> |
2568 | <entry>@signal</entry> | |
2569 | <entry>System calls for manipulating and handling process signals (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>signal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>sigprocmask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, …)</entry> | |
2570 | </row> | |
bd2ab3f4 LP |
2571 | <row> |
2572 | <entry>@swap</entry> | |
2573 | <entry>System calls for enabling/disabling swap devices (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>swapoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>)</entry> | |
2574 | </row> | |
44898c53 LP |
2575 | <row> |
2576 | <entry>@sync</entry> | |
e9dd6984 | 2577 | <entry>Synchronizing files and memory to disk (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>msync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and related calls)</entry> |
44898c53 | 2578 | </row> |
70526841 LP |
2579 | <row> |
2580 | <entry>@system-service</entry> | |
6b000af4 | 2581 | <entry>A reasonable set of system calls used by common system services, excluding any special purpose calls. This is the recommended starting point for allow-listing system calls for system services, as it contains what is typically needed by system services, but excludes overly specific interfaces. For example, the following APIs are excluded: <literal>@clock</literal>, <literal>@mount</literal>, <literal>@swap</literal>, <literal>@reboot</literal>.</entry> |
70526841 | 2582 | </row> |
cd0ddf6f LP |
2583 | <row> |
2584 | <entry>@timer</entry> | |
2585 | <entry>System calls for scheduling operations by time (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>timer_create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, …)</entry> | |
2586 | </row> | |
95aac012 ZJS |
2587 | <row> |
2588 | <entry>@known</entry> | |
6f5cf880 | 2589 | <entry>All system calls defined by the kernel. This list is defined statically in systemd based on a kernel version that was available when this systemd version was released. It will become progressively more out-of-date as the kernel is updated.</entry> |
95aac012 | 2590 | </row> |
201c1cc2 TM |
2591 | </tbody> |
2592 | </tgroup> | |
2593 | </table> | |
2594 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
2595 | Note, that as new system calls are added to the kernel, additional system calls might be added to the groups |
2596 | above. Contents of the sets may also change between systemd versions. In addition, the list of system calls | |
2597 | depends on the kernel version and architecture for which systemd was compiled. Use | |
2598 | <command>systemd-analyze syscall-filter</command> to list the actual list of system calls in each | |
2599 | filter.</para> | |
effbd6d2 | 2600 | |
6b000af4 LP |
2601 | <para>Generally, allow-listing system calls (rather than deny-listing) is the safer mode of |
2602 | operation. It is recommended to enforce system call allow lists for all long-running system | |
2603 | services. Specifically, the following lines are a relatively safe basic choice for the majority of | |
2604 | system services:</para> | |
70526841 LP |
2605 | |
2606 | <programlisting>[Service] | |
2607 | SystemCallFilter=@system-service | |
2608 | SystemCallErrorNumber=EPERM</programlisting> | |
2609 | ||
330703fb LP |
2610 | <para>Note that various kernel system calls are defined redundantly: there are multiple system calls |
2611 | for executing the same operation. For example, the <function>pidfd_send_signal()</function> system | |
2612 | call may be used to execute operations similar to what can be done with the older | |
2613 | <function>kill()</function> system call, hence blocking the latter without the former only provides | |
2614 | weak protection. Since new system calls are added regularly to the kernel as development progresses, | |
6b000af4 LP |
2615 | keeping system call deny lists comprehensive requires constant work. It is thus recommended to use |
2616 | allow-listing instead, which offers the benefit that new system calls are by default implicitly | |
2617 | blocked until the allow list is updated.</para> | |
330703fb LP |
2618 | |
2619 | <para>Also note that a number of system calls are required to be accessible for the dynamic linker to | |
2620 | work. The dynamic linker is required for running most regular programs (specifically: all dynamic ELF | |
2621 | binaries, which is how most distributions build packaged programs). This means that blocking these | |
2622 | system calls (which include <function>open()</function>, <function>openat()</function> or | |
2623 | <function>mmap()</function>) will make most programs typically shipped with generic distributions | |
2624 | unusable.</para> | |
2625 | ||
effbd6d2 LP |
2626 | <para>It is recommended to combine the file system namespacing related options with |
2627 | <varname>SystemCallFilter=~@mount</varname>, in order to prohibit the unit's processes to undo the | |
2628 | mappings. Specifically these are the options <varname>PrivateTmp=</varname>, | |
2629 | <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname>, <varname>ProtectSystem=</varname>, <varname>ProtectHome=</varname>, | |
2630 | <varname>ProtectKernelTunables=</varname>, <varname>ProtectControlGroups=</varname>, | |
022d3345 | 2631 | <varname>ProtectKernelLogs=</varname>, <varname>ProtectClock=</varname>, <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, |
aefdc112 AK |
2632 | <varname>InaccessiblePaths=</varname> and <varname>ReadWritePaths=</varname>.</para> |
2633 | ||
2634 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v187"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2635 | </varlistentry> |
2636 | ||
2637 | <varlistentry> | |
2638 | <term><varname>SystemCallErrorNumber=</varname></term> | |
2639 | ||
330703fb LP |
2640 | <listitem><para>Takes an <literal>errno</literal> error number (between 1 and 4095) or errno name |
2641 | such as <constant>EPERM</constant>, <constant>EACCES</constant> or <constant>EUCLEAN</constant>, to | |
2642 | return when the system call filter configured with <varname>SystemCallFilter=</varname> is triggered, | |
2643 | instead of terminating the process immediately. See <citerefentry | |
2644 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>errno</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a | |
005bfaf1 TM |
2645 | full list of error codes. When this setting is not used, or when the empty string or the special |
2646 | setting <literal>kill</literal> is assigned, the process will be terminated immediately when the | |
aefdc112 AK |
2647 | filter is triggered.</para> |
2648 | ||
2649 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
2650 | </varlistentry> |
2651 | ||
2652 | <varlistentry> | |
2653 | <term><varname>SystemCallArchitectures=</varname></term> | |
2654 | ||
0b8fab97 LP |
2655 | <listitem><para>Takes a space-separated list of architecture identifiers to include in the system call |
2656 | filter. The known architecture identifiers are the same as for <varname>ConditionArchitecture=</varname> | |
2657 | described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, | |
2658 | as well as <constant>x32</constant>, <constant>mips64-n32</constant>, <constant>mips64-le-n32</constant>, and | |
b105d413 | 2659 | the special identifier <constant>native</constant>. The special identifier <constant>native</constant> |
62a0680b | 2660 | implicitly maps to the native architecture of the system (or more precisely: to the architecture the system |
24832d10 | 2661 | manager is compiled for). By default, this option is set to the empty list, i.e. no filtering is applied.</para> |
0b8fab97 | 2662 | |
2428aaf8 AJ |
2663 | <para>If this setting is used, processes of this unit will only be permitted to call native system calls, and |
2664 | system calls of the specified architectures. For the purposes of this option, the x32 architecture is treated | |
2665 | as including x86-64 system calls. However, this setting still fulfills its purpose, as explained below, on | |
2666 | x32.</para> | |
2667 | ||
2668 | <para>System call filtering is not equally effective on all architectures. For example, on x86 | |
0b8fab97 LP |
2669 | filtering of network socket-related calls is not possible, due to ABI limitations — a limitation that x86-64 |
2670 | does not have, however. On systems supporting multiple ABIs at the same time — such as x86/x86-64 — it is hence | |
2671 | recommended to limit the set of permitted system call architectures so that secondary ABIs may not be used to | |
2672 | circumvent the restrictions applied to the native ABI of the system. In particular, setting | |
c29ebc1a | 2673 | <varname>SystemCallArchitectures=native</varname> is a good choice for disabling non-native ABIs.</para> |
0b8fab97 | 2674 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2675 | <para>System call architectures may also be restricted system-wide via the |
2676 | <varname>SystemCallArchitectures=</varname> option in the global configuration. See | |
2677 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
aefdc112 AK |
2678 | details.</para> |
2679 | ||
2680 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2681 | </varlistentry> |
2682 | ||
9df2cdd8 TM |
2683 | <varlistentry> |
2684 | <term><varname>SystemCallLog=</varname></term> | |
2685 | ||
2686 | <listitem><para>Takes a space-separated list of system call names. If this setting is used, all | |
2687 | system calls executed by the unit processes for the listed ones will be logged. If the first | |
2688 | character of the list is <literal>~</literal>, the effect is inverted: all system calls except the | |
24832d10 ILG |
2689 | listed system calls will be logged. This feature makes use of the Secure Computing Mode 2 interfaces |
2690 | of the kernel ('seccomp filtering') and is useful for auditing or setting up a minimal sandboxing | |
2691 | environment. This option may be specified more than once, in which case the filter masks are merged. | |
2692 | If the empty string is assigned, the filter is reset, all prior assignments will have no effect. | |
2693 | This does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para> | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
2694 | |
2695 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
9df2cdd8 TM |
2696 | </varlistentry> |
2697 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
2698 | </variablelist> |
2699 | </refsect1> | |
2700 | ||
2701 | <refsect1> | |
2702 | <title>Environment</title> | |
2703 | ||
e0e2ecd5 | 2704 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
b8afec21 LP |
2705 | |
2706 | <varlistentry> | |
2707 | <term><varname>Environment=</varname></term> | |
2708 | ||
e531091b ZJS |
2709 | <listitem><para>Sets environment variables for executed processes. Each line is unquoted using the |
2710 | rules described in "Quoting" section in | |
be0d27ee | 2711 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.syntax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
e531091b ZJS |
2712 | and becomes a list of variable assignments. If you need to assign a value containing spaces or the |
2713 | equals sign to a variable, put quotes around the whole assignment. Variable expansion is not | |
2714 | performed inside the strings and the <literal>$</literal> character has no special meaning. Specifier | |
2715 | expansion is performed, see the "Specifiers" section in | |
2716 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
2717 | </para> | |
2718 | ||
2719 | <para>This option may be specified more than once, in which case all listed variables will be set. If | |
2720 | the same variable is listed twice, the later setting will override the earlier setting. If the empty | |
2721 | string is assigned to this option, the list of environment variables is reset, all prior assignments | |
2722 | have no effect.</para> | |
2723 | ||
2724 | <para>The names of the variables can contain ASCII letters, digits, and the underscore character. | |
2725 | Variable names cannot be empty or start with a digit. In variable values, most characters are | |
2726 | allowed, but non-printable characters are currently rejected.</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2727 | |
2728 | <para>Example: | |
2729 | <programlisting>Environment="VAR1=word1 word2" VAR2=word3 "VAR3=$word 5 6"</programlisting> | |
2730 | gives three variables <literal>VAR1</literal>, | |
2731 | <literal>VAR2</literal>, <literal>VAR3</literal> | |
2732 | with the values <literal>word1 word2</literal>, | |
2733 | <literal>word3</literal>, <literal>$word 5 6</literal>. | |
2734 | </para> | |
2735 | ||
e531091b ZJS |
2736 | <para>See <citerefentry |
2737 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>environ</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
2738 | details about environment variables.</para> | |
438311a5 | 2739 | |
3220cf39 LP |
2740 | <para>Note that environment variables are not suitable for passing secrets (such as passwords, key |
2741 | material, …) to service processes. Environment variables set for a unit are exposed to unprivileged | |
2742 | clients via D-Bus IPC, and generally not understood as being data that requires protection. Moreover, | |
2743 | environment variables are propagated down the process tree, including across security boundaries | |
2744 | (such as setuid/setgid executables), and hence might leak to processes that should not have access to | |
8a6a781b LP |
2745 | the secret data. Use <varname>LoadCredential=</varname>, <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> |
2746 | or <varname>SetCredentialEncrypted=</varname> (see below) to pass data to unit processes | |
3220cf39 | 2747 | securely.</para></listitem> |
b8afec21 LP |
2748 | </varlistentry> |
2749 | ||
2750 | <varlistentry> | |
2751 | <term><varname>EnvironmentFile=</varname></term> | |
2752 | ||
15102ced ZJS |
2753 | <listitem><para>Similar to <varname>Environment=</varname>, but reads the environment variables from |
2754 | a text file. The text file should contain newline-separated variable assignments. Empty lines, lines | |
2755 | without an <literal>=</literal> separator, or lines starting with <literal>;</literal> or | |
c8cd6d7b ZJS |
2756 | <literal>#</literal> will be ignored, which may be used for commenting. The file must be encoded with |
2757 | UTF-8. Valid characters are | |
2758 | <ulink url="https://www.unicode.org/glossary/#unicode_scalar_value">unicode scalar values</ulink> | |
2759 | other than | |
2760 | <ulink url="https://www.unicode.org/glossary/#noncharacter">unicode noncharacters</ulink>, | |
2761 | <constant>U+0000</constant> <constant>NUL</constant>, and <constant>U+FEFF</constant> | |
2762 | <ulink url="https://www.unicode.org/glossary/#byte_order_mark">unicode byte order mark</ulink>. | |
2763 | Control codes other than <constant>NUL</constant> are allowed.</para> | |
4bbcde84 YR |
2764 | |
2765 | <para>In the file, an unquoted value after the <literal>=</literal> is parsed with the same backslash-escape | |
2766 | rules as <ulink | |
c8cd6d7b ZJS |
2767 | url="https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/V3_chap02.html#tag_18_02_01">POSIX shell unquoted |
2768 | text</ulink>, but unlike in a shell, interior whitespace is preserved and quotes after the | |
4bbcde84 YR |
2769 | first non-whitespace character are preserved. Leading and trailing whitespace (space, tab, carriage return) is |
2770 | discarded, but interior whitespace within the line is preserved verbatim. A line ending with a backslash will be | |
2771 | continued to the following one, with the newline itself discarded. A backslash | |
2772 | <literal>\</literal> followed by any character other than newline will preserve the following character, so that | |
2773 | <literal>\\</literal> will become the value <literal>\</literal>.</para> | |
2774 | ||
c8cd6d7b ZJS |
2775 | <para>In the file, a <literal>'</literal>-quoted value after the <literal>=</literal> can span |
2776 | multiple lines and contain any character verbatim other than single quote, like <ulink | |
2777 | url="https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/V3_chap02.html#tag_18_02_02">POSIX | |
2778 | shell single-quoted text</ulink>. No backslash-escape sequences are recognized. Leading and trailing | |
2779 | whitespace outside of the single quotes is discarded.</para> | |
2780 | ||
2781 | <para>In the file, a <literal>"</literal>-quoted value after the <literal>=</literal> can span | |
2782 | multiple lines, and the same escape sequences are recognized as in <ulink | |
2783 | url="https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/V3_chap02.html#tag_18_02_03">POSIX | |
2784 | shell double-quoted text</ulink>. Backslash (<literal>\</literal>) followed by any of | |
2785 | <literal>"\`$</literal> will preserve that character. A backslash followed by newline is a line | |
2786 | continuation, and the newline itself is discarded. A backslash followed by any other character is | |
2787 | ignored; both the backslash and the following character are preserved verbatim. Leading and trailing | |
2788 | whitespace outside of the double quotes is discarded.</para> | |
69bdb3b1 | 2789 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2790 | <para>The argument passed should be an absolute filename or wildcard expression, optionally prefixed with |
2791 | <literal>-</literal>, which indicates that if the file does not exist, it will not be read and no error or | |
2792 | warning message is logged. This option may be specified more than once in which case all specified files are | |
2793 | read. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list of file to read is reset, all prior assignments | |
2794 | have no effect.</para> | |
2795 | ||
2796 | <para>The files listed with this directive will be read shortly before the process is executed (more | |
b105d413 | 2797 | specifically, after all processes from a previous unit state terminated. This means you can generate these |
2798 | files in one unit state, and read it with this option in the next. The files are read from the file | |
412a6c64 | 2799 | system of the service manager, before any file system changes like bind mounts take place).</para> |
b8afec21 LP |
2800 | |
2801 | <para>Settings from these files override settings made with <varname>Environment=</varname>. If the same | |
2802 | variable is set twice from these files, the files will be read in the order they are specified and the later | |
2803 | setting will override the earlier setting.</para></listitem> | |
2804 | </varlistentry> | |
2805 | ||
2806 | <varlistentry> | |
2807 | <term><varname>PassEnvironment=</varname></term> | |
2808 | ||
2809 | <listitem><para>Pass environment variables set for the system service manager to executed processes. Takes a | |
2810 | space-separated list of variable names. This option may be specified more than once, in which case all listed | |
2811 | variables will be passed. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list of environment variables to | |
2812 | pass is reset, all prior assignments have no effect. Variables specified that are not set for the system | |
2813 | manager will not be passed and will be silently ignored. Note that this option is only relevant for the system | |
2814 | service manager, as system services by default do not automatically inherit any environment variables set for | |
2815 | the service manager itself. However, in case of the user service manager all environment variables are passed | |
2816 | to the executed processes anyway, hence this option is without effect for the user service manager.</para> | |
2817 | ||
2818 | <para>Variables set for invoked processes due to this setting are subject to being overridden by those | |
2819 | configured with <varname>Environment=</varname> or <varname>EnvironmentFile=</varname>.</para> | |
2820 | ||
2821 | <para>Example: | |
2822 | <programlisting>PassEnvironment=VAR1 VAR2 VAR3</programlisting> | |
2823 | passes three variables <literal>VAR1</literal>, | |
2824 | <literal>VAR2</literal>, <literal>VAR3</literal> | |
2825 | with the values set for those variables in PID1.</para> | |
2826 | ||
2827 | <para> | |
2828 | See <citerefentry | |
2829 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>environ</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details | |
aefdc112 AK |
2830 | about environment variables.</para> |
2831 | ||
2832 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2833 | </varlistentry> |
2834 | ||
2835 | <varlistentry> | |
2836 | <term><varname>UnsetEnvironment=</varname></term> | |
2837 | ||
2838 | <listitem><para>Explicitly unset environment variable assignments that would normally be passed from the | |
2839 | service manager to invoked processes of this unit. Takes a space-separated list of variable names or variable | |
2840 | assignments. This option may be specified more than once, in which case all listed variables/assignments will | |
2841 | be unset. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list of environment variables/assignments to | |
2842 | unset is reset. If a variable assignment is specified (that is: a variable name, followed by | |
2843 | <literal>=</literal>, followed by its value), then any environment variable matching this precise assignment is | |
2844 | removed. If a variable name is specified (that is a variable name without any following <literal>=</literal> or | |
2845 | value), then any assignment matching the variable name, regardless of its value is removed. Note that the | |
2846 | effect of <varname>UnsetEnvironment=</varname> is applied as final step when the environment list passed to | |
2847 | executed processes is compiled. That means it may undo assignments from any configuration source, including | |
2848 | assignments made through <varname>Environment=</varname> or <varname>EnvironmentFile=</varname>, inherited from | |
2849 | the system manager's global set of environment variables, inherited via <varname>PassEnvironment=</varname>, | |
2850 | set by the service manager itself (such as <varname>$NOTIFY_SOCKET</varname> and such), or set by a PAM module | |
2851 | (in case <varname>PAMName=</varname> is used).</para> | |
2852 | ||
82651d5b ZJS |
2853 | <para>See "Environment Variables in Spawned Processes" below for a description of how those |
2854 | settings combine to form the inherited environment. See <citerefentry | |
2855 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>environ</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for general | |
aefdc112 AK |
2856 | information about environment variables.</para> |
2857 | ||
2858 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2859 | </varlistentry> |
2860 | ||
2861 | </variablelist> | |
2862 | </refsect1> | |
2863 | ||
2864 | <refsect1> | |
2865 | <title>Logging and Standard Input/Output</title> | |
2866 | ||
e0e2ecd5 | 2867 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
b8afec21 LP |
2868 | <varlistentry> |
2869 | ||
2870 | <term><varname>StandardInput=</varname></term> | |
2871 | ||
2872 | <listitem><para>Controls where file descriptor 0 (STDIN) of the executed processes is connected to. Takes one | |
2873 | of <option>null</option>, <option>tty</option>, <option>tty-force</option>, <option>tty-fail</option>, | |
2874 | <option>data</option>, <option>file:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option>, <option>socket</option> or | |
2875 | <option>fd:<replaceable>name</replaceable></option>.</para> | |
2876 | ||
2877 | <para>If <option>null</option> is selected, standard input will be connected to <filename>/dev/null</filename>, | |
2878 | i.e. all read attempts by the process will result in immediate EOF.</para> | |
2879 | ||
2880 | <para>If <option>tty</option> is selected, standard input is connected to a TTY (as configured by | |
2881 | <varname>TTYPath=</varname>, see below) and the executed process becomes the controlling process of the | |
2882 | terminal. If the terminal is already being controlled by another process, the executed process waits until the | |
2883 | current controlling process releases the terminal.</para> | |
2884 | ||
2885 | <para><option>tty-force</option> is similar to <option>tty</option>, but the executed process is forcefully and | |
2886 | immediately made the controlling process of the terminal, potentially removing previous controlling processes | |
2887 | from the terminal.</para> | |
2888 | ||
2889 | <para><option>tty-fail</option> is similar to <option>tty</option>, but if the terminal already has a | |
2890 | controlling process start-up of the executed process fails.</para> | |
2891 | ||
2892 | <para>The <option>data</option> option may be used to configure arbitrary textual or binary data to pass via | |
2893 | standard input to the executed process. The data to pass is configured via | |
2894 | <varname>StandardInputText=</varname>/<varname>StandardInputData=</varname> (see below). Note that the actual | |
2895 | file descriptor type passed (memory file, regular file, UNIX pipe, …) might depend on the kernel and available | |
2896 | privileges. In any case, the file descriptor is read-only, and when read returns the specified data followed by | |
2897 | EOF.</para> | |
2898 | ||
2899 | <para>The <option>file:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option> option may be used to connect a specific file | |
2900 | system object to standard input. An absolute path following the <literal>:</literal> character is expected, | |
2901 | which may refer to a regular file, a FIFO or special file. If an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> socket in the | |
2902 | file system is specified, a stream socket is connected to it. The latter is useful for connecting standard | |
2903 | input of processes to arbitrary system services.</para> | |
2904 | ||
2905 | <para>The <option>socket</option> option is valid in socket-activated services only, and requires the relevant | |
2906 | socket unit file (see | |
2907 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details) | |
2908 | to have <varname>Accept=yes</varname> set, or to specify a single socket only. If this option is set, standard | |
2909 | input will be connected to the socket the service was activated from, which is primarily useful for | |
2910 | compatibility with daemons designed for use with the traditional <citerefentry | |
2911 | project='freebsd'><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> socket activation | |
788b7e76 MK |
2912 | daemon (<varname>$LISTEN_FDS</varname> (and related) environment variables are not passed when |
2913 | <option>socket</option> value is configured).</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2914 | |
2915 | <para>The <option>fd:<replaceable>name</replaceable></option> option connects standard input to a specific, | |
b105d413 | 2916 | named file descriptor provided by a socket unit. The name may be specified as part of this option, following a |
2917 | <literal>:</literal> character (e.g. <literal>fd:foobar</literal>). If no name is specified, the name | |
b8afec21 LP |
2918 | <literal>stdin</literal> is implied (i.e. <literal>fd</literal> is equivalent to <literal>fd:stdin</literal>). |
2919 | At least one socket unit defining the specified name must be provided via the <varname>Sockets=</varname> | |
b105d413 | 2920 | option, and the file descriptor name may differ from the name of its containing socket unit. If multiple |
2921 | matches are found, the first one will be used. See <varname>FileDescriptorName=</varname> in | |
b8afec21 LP |
2922 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more |
2923 | details about named file descriptors and their ordering.</para> | |
2924 | ||
c6e33c29 LP |
2925 | <para>This setting defaults to <option>null</option>, unless |
2926 | <varname>StandardInputText=</varname>/<varname>StandardInputData=</varname> are set, in which case it | |
2927 | defaults to <option>data</option>.</para></listitem> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2928 | </varlistentry> |
2929 | ||
2930 | <varlistentry> | |
2931 | <term><varname>StandardOutput=</varname></term> | |
2932 | ||
d58b613b | 2933 | <listitem><para>Controls where file descriptor 1 (stdout) of the executed processes is connected |
eedaf7f3 LP |
2934 | to. Takes one of <option>inherit</option>, <option>null</option>, <option>tty</option>, |
2935 | <option>journal</option>, <option>kmsg</option>, <option>journal+console</option>, | |
2936 | <option>kmsg+console</option>, <option>file:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option>, | |
8d7dab1f LW |
2937 | <option>append:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option>, <option>truncate:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option>, |
2938 | <option>socket</option> or <option>fd:<replaceable>name</replaceable></option>.</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2939 | |
2940 | <para><option>inherit</option> duplicates the file descriptor of standard input for standard output.</para> | |
2941 | ||
2942 | <para><option>null</option> connects standard output to <filename>/dev/null</filename>, i.e. everything written | |
2943 | to it will be lost.</para> | |
2944 | ||
2945 | <para><option>tty</option> connects standard output to a tty (as configured via <varname>TTYPath=</varname>, | |
2946 | see below). If the TTY is used for output only, the executed process will not become the controlling process of | |
2947 | the terminal, and will not fail or wait for other processes to release the terminal.</para> | |
2948 | ||
eedaf7f3 LP |
2949 | <para><option>journal</option> connects standard output with the journal, which is accessible via |
2950 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Note | |
2951 | that everything that is written to kmsg (see below) is implicitly stored in the journal as well, the | |
2952 | specific option listed below is hence a superset of this one. (Also note that any external, | |
2953 | additional syslog daemons receive their log data from the journal, too, hence this is the option to | |
2954 | use when logging shall be processed with such a daemon.)</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2955 | |
2956 | <para><option>kmsg</option> connects standard output with the kernel log buffer which is accessible via | |
2957 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, | |
2958 | in addition to the journal. The journal daemon might be configured to send all logs to kmsg anyway, in which | |
2959 | case this option is no different from <option>journal</option>.</para> | |
2960 | ||
eedaf7f3 LP |
2961 | <para><option>journal+console</option> and <option>kmsg+console</option> work in a similar way as the |
2962 | two options above but copy the output to the system console as well.</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
2963 | |
2964 | <para>The <option>file:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option> option may be used to connect a specific file | |
2965 | system object to standard output. The semantics are similar to the same option of | |
566b7d23 ZD |
2966 | <varname>StandardInput=</varname>, see above. If <replaceable>path</replaceable> refers to a regular file |
2967 | on the filesystem, it is opened (created if it doesn't exist yet) for writing at the beginning of the file, | |
2968 | but without truncating it. | |
f60b0813 ZJS |
2969 | If standard input and output are directed to the same file path, it is opened only once — for reading as well |
2970 | as writing — and duplicated. This is particularly useful when the specified path refers to an | |
566b7d23 | 2971 | <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> socket in the file system, as in that case only a |
b8afec21 LP |
2972 | single stream connection is created for both input and output.</para> |
2973 | ||
e9dd6984 ZJS |
2974 | <para><option>append:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option> is similar to |
2975 | <option>file:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option> above, but it opens the file in append mode. | |
2976 | </para> | |
566b7d23 | 2977 | |
8d7dab1f | 2978 | <para><option>truncate:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option> is similar to |
d15b1a6c LW |
2979 | <option>file:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option> above, but it truncates the file when opening |
2980 | it. For units with multiple command lines, e.g. <varname>Type=oneshot</varname> services with | |
2981 | multiple <varname>ExecStart=</varname>, or services with <varname>ExecCondition=</varname>, | |
2982 | <varname>ExecStartPre=</varname> or <varname>ExecStartPost=</varname>, the output file is reopened | |
e3725840 LW |
2983 | and therefore re-truncated for each command line. If the output file is truncated while another |
2984 | process still has the file open, e.g. by an <varname>ExecReload=</varname> running concurrently with | |
2985 | an <varname>ExecStart=</varname>, and the other process continues writing to the file without | |
2986 | adjusting its offset, then the space between the file pointers of the two processes may be filled | |
2987 | with <constant>NUL</constant> bytes, producing a sparse file. Thus, | |
2988 | <option>truncate:<replaceable>path</replaceable></option> is typically only useful for units where | |
2989 | only one process runs at a time, such as services with a single <varname>ExecStart=</varname> and no | |
2990 | <varname>ExecStartPost=</varname>, <varname>ExecReload=</varname>, <varname>ExecStop=</varname> or | |
2991 | similar.</para> | |
8d7dab1f | 2992 | |
b8afec21 LP |
2993 | <para><option>socket</option> connects standard output to a socket acquired via socket activation. The |
2994 | semantics are similar to the same option of <varname>StandardInput=</varname>, see above.</para> | |
2995 | ||
f60b0813 | 2996 | <para>The <option>fd:<replaceable>name</replaceable></option> option connects standard output to a |
b105d413 | 2997 | specific, named file descriptor provided by a socket unit. A name may be specified as part of this |
f60b0813 ZJS |
2998 | option, following a <literal>:</literal> character |
2999 | (e.g. <literal>fd:<replaceable>foobar</replaceable></literal>). If no name is specified, the name | |
b8afec21 | 3000 | <literal>stdout</literal> is implied (i.e. <literal>fd</literal> is equivalent to |
f60b0813 ZJS |
3001 | <literal>fd:stdout</literal>). At least one socket unit defining the specified name must be provided |
3002 | via the <varname>Sockets=</varname> option, and the file descriptor name may differ from the name of | |
3003 | its containing socket unit. If multiple matches are found, the first one will be used. See | |
b8afec21 | 3004 | <varname>FileDescriptorName=</varname> in |
f60b0813 ZJS |
3005 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
3006 | for more details about named descriptors and their ordering.</para> | |
b8afec21 | 3007 | |
eedaf7f3 LP |
3008 | <para>If the standard output (or error output, see below) of a unit is connected to the journal or |
3009 | the kernel log buffer, the unit will implicitly gain a dependency of type <varname>After=</varname> | |
3010 | on <filename>systemd-journald.socket</filename> (also see the "Implicit Dependencies" section | |
3011 | above). Also note that in this case stdout (or stderr, see below) will be an | |
3012 | <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket, and not a pipe or FIFO that can be re-opened. This means | |
3013 | when executing shell scripts the construct <command>echo "hello" > /dev/stderr</command> for | |
3014 | writing text to stderr will not work. To mitigate this use the construct <command>echo "hello" | |
3015 | >&2</command> instead, which is mostly equivalent and avoids this pitfall.</para> | |
b8afec21 | 3016 | |
e0a12b96 MG |
3017 | <para>If <varname>StandardInput=</varname> is set to one of <option>tty</option>, <option>tty-force</option>, |
3018 | <option>tty-fail</option>, <option>socket</option>, or <option>fd:<replaceable>name</replaceable></option>, this | |
3019 | setting defaults to <option>inherit</option>.</para> | |
3020 | ||
3021 | <para>In other cases, this setting defaults to the value set with <varname>DefaultStandardOutput=</varname> in | |
b8afec21 LP |
3022 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which |
3023 | defaults to <option>journal</option>. Note that setting this parameter might result in additional dependencies | |
3024 | to be added to the unit (see above).</para></listitem> | |
3025 | </varlistentry> | |
3026 | ||
3027 | <varlistentry> | |
3028 | <term><varname>StandardError=</varname></term> | |
3029 | ||
d58b613b | 3030 | <listitem><para>Controls where file descriptor 2 (stderr) of the executed processes is connected to. The |
b8afec21 LP |
3031 | available options are identical to those of <varname>StandardOutput=</varname>, with some exceptions: if set to |
3032 | <option>inherit</option> the file descriptor used for standard output is duplicated for standard error, while | |
3033 | <option>fd:<replaceable>name</replaceable></option> will use a default file descriptor name of | |
3034 | <literal>stderr</literal>.</para> | |
3035 | ||
3036 | <para>This setting defaults to the value set with <varname>DefaultStandardError=</varname> in | |
3037 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which | |
3038 | defaults to <option>inherit</option>. Note that setting this parameter might result in additional dependencies | |
3039 | to be added to the unit (see above).</para></listitem> | |
3040 | </varlistentry> | |
3041 | ||
3042 | <varlistentry> | |
3043 | <term><varname>StandardInputText=</varname></term> | |
3044 | <term><varname>StandardInputData=</varname></term> | |
3045 | ||
c6e33c29 LP |
3046 | <listitem><para>Configures arbitrary textual or binary data to pass via file descriptor 0 (STDIN) to |
3047 | the executed processes. These settings have no effect unless <varname>StandardInput=</varname> is set | |
3048 | to <option>data</option> (which is the default if <varname>StandardInput=</varname> is not set | |
3049 | otherwise, but <varname>StandardInputText=</varname>/<varname>StandardInputData=</varname> is). Use | |
3050 | this option to embed process input data directly in the unit file.</para> | |
b8afec21 LP |
3051 | |
3052 | <para><varname>StandardInputText=</varname> accepts arbitrary textual data. C-style escapes for special | |
3053 | characters as well as the usual <literal>%</literal>-specifiers are resolved. Each time this setting is used | |
1b2ad5d9 | 3054 | the specified text is appended to the per-unit data buffer, followed by a newline character (thus every use |
b8afec21 LP |
3055 | appends a new line to the end of the buffer). Note that leading and trailing whitespace of lines configured |
3056 | with this option is removed. If an empty line is specified the buffer is cleared (hence, in order to insert an | |
3057 | empty line, add an additional <literal>\n</literal> to the end or beginning of a line).</para> | |
3058 | ||
3059 | <para><varname>StandardInputData=</varname> accepts arbitrary binary data, encoded in <ulink | |
3060 | url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2045#section-6.8">Base64</ulink>. No escape sequences or specifiers are | |
3061 | resolved. Any whitespace in the encoded version is ignored during decoding.</para> | |
3062 | ||
3063 | <para>Note that <varname>StandardInputText=</varname> and <varname>StandardInputData=</varname> operate on the | |
3064 | same data buffer, and may be mixed in order to configure both binary and textual data for the same input | |
3065 | stream. The textual or binary data is joined strictly in the order the settings appear in the unit | |
3066 | file. Assigning an empty string to either will reset the data buffer.</para> | |
3067 | ||
3068 | <para>Please keep in mind that in order to maintain readability long unit file settings may be split into | |
3069 | multiple lines, by suffixing each line (except for the last) with a <literal>\</literal> character (see | |
3070 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
3071 | details). This is particularly useful for large data configured with these two options. Example:</para> | |
3072 | ||
3073 | <programlisting>… | |
3074 | StandardInput=data | |
4791083b LP |
3075 | StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZXMgYW5kIHNvIGRv \ |
3076 | IEkKQSBmdWxsIGNvbW1pdG1lbnQncyB3aGF0IEnigLJtIHRoaW5raW5nIG9mCllvdSB3b3VsZG4n \ | |
3077 | dCBnZXQgdGhpcyBmcm9tIGFueSBvdGhlciBndXkKSSBqdXN0IHdhbm5hIHRlbGwgeW91IGhvdyBJ \ | |
3078 | J20gZmVlbGluZwpHb3R0YSBtYWtlIHlvdSB1bmRlcnN0YW5kCgpOZXZlciBnb25uYSBnaXZlIHlv \ | |
3079 | dSB1cApOZXZlciBnb25uYSBsZXQgeW91IGRvd24KTmV2ZXIgZ29ubmEgcnVuIGFyb3VuZCBhbmQg \ | |
3080 | ZGVzZXJ0IHlvdQpOZXZlciBnb25uYSBtYWtlIHlvdSBjcnkKTmV2ZXIgZ29ubmEgc2F5IGdvb2Ri \ | |
3081 | eWUKTmV2ZXIgZ29ubmEgdGVsbCBhIGxpZSBhbmQgaHVydCB5b3UK | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3082 | …</programlisting> |
3083 | ||
3084 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
3085 | </varlistentry> |
3086 | ||
3087 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 3088 | <term><varname>LogLevelMax=</varname></term> |
142bd808 | 3089 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3090 | <listitem><para>Configures filtering by log level of log messages generated by this unit. Takes a |
3091 | <command>syslog</command> log level, one of <option>emerg</option> (lowest log level, only highest priority | |
3092 | messages), <option>alert</option>, <option>crit</option>, <option>err</option>, <option>warning</option>, | |
3093 | <option>notice</option>, <option>info</option>, <option>debug</option> (highest log level, also lowest priority | |
3094 | messages). See <citerefentry | |
3095 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
3096 | details. By default no filtering is applied (i.e. the default maximum log level is <option>debug</option>). Use | |
3097 | this option to configure the logging system to drop log messages of a specific service above the specified | |
3098 | level. For example, set <varname>LogLevelMax=</varname><option>info</option> in order to turn off debug logging | |
1b2ad5d9 | 3099 | of a particularly chatty unit. Note that the configured level is applied to any log messages written by any |
c2503e35 RH |
3100 | of the processes belonging to this unit, as well as any log messages written by the system manager process |
3101 | (PID 1) in reference to this unit, sent via any supported logging protocol. The filtering is applied | |
b8afec21 LP |
3102 | early in the logging pipeline, before any kind of further processing is done. Moreover, messages which pass |
3103 | through this filter successfully might still be dropped by filters applied at a later stage in the logging | |
3104 | subsystem. For example, <varname>MaxLevelStore=</varname> configured in | |
3105 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journald.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> might | |
3106 | prohibit messages of higher log levels to be stored on disk, even though the per-unit | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3107 | <varname>LogLevelMax=</varname> permitted it to be processed.</para> |
3108 | ||
3109 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
3110 | </varlistentry> |
3111 | ||
add00535 | 3112 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 3113 | <term><varname>LogExtraFields=</varname></term> |
add00535 | 3114 | |
db11487d | 3115 | <listitem><para>Configures additional log metadata fields to include in all log records generated by |
1092e82b LB |
3116 | processes associated with this unit, including systemd. This setting takes one or more journal field |
3117 | assignments in the format <literal>FIELD=VALUE</literal> separated by whitespace. See | |
db11487d ZJS |
3118 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.journal-fields</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
3119 | for details on the journal field concept. Even though the underlying journal implementation permits | |
3120 | binary field values, this setting accepts only valid UTF-8 values. To include space characters in a | |
3121 | journal field value, enclose the assignment in double quotes ("). <!-- " fake closing quote for emacs--> | |
3122 | The usual specifiers are expanded in all assignments (see below). Note that this setting is not only | |
3123 | useful for attaching additional metadata to log records of a unit, but given that all fields and | |
3124 | values are indexed may also be used to implement cross-unit log record matching. Assign an empty | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3125 | string to reset the list.</para> |
3126 | ||
3127 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> | |
add00535 LP |
3128 | </varlistentry> |
3129 | ||
90fc172e AZ |
3130 | <varlistentry> |
3131 | <term><varname>LogRateLimitIntervalSec=</varname></term> | |
3132 | <term><varname>LogRateLimitBurst=</varname></term> | |
3133 | ||
8fb35004 ZJS |
3134 | <listitem><para>Configures the rate limiting that is applied to log messages generated by this unit. |
3135 | If, in the time interval defined by <varname>LogRateLimitIntervalSec=</varname>, more messages than | |
3136 | specified in <varname>LogRateLimitBurst=</varname> are logged by a service, all further messages | |
57803335 LP |
3137 | within the interval are dropped until the interval is over. A message about the number of dropped |
3138 | messages is generated. The time specification for <varname>LogRateLimitIntervalSec=</varname> may be | |
8fb35004 | 3139 | specified in the following units: "s", "min", "h", "ms", "us". See |
57803335 | 3140 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for |
8fb35004 | 3141 | details. The default settings are set by <varname>RateLimitIntervalSec=</varname> and |
57803335 | 3142 | <varname>RateLimitBurst=</varname> configured in |
8fb35004 ZJS |
3143 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journald.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
3144 | Note that this only applies to log messages that are processed by the logging subsystem, i.e. by | |
bf63dadb | 3145 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-journald.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
8fb35004 ZJS |
3146 | This means that if you connect a service's stderr directly to a file via |
3147 | <varname>StandardOutput=file:…</varname> or a similar setting, the rate limiting will not be applied | |
3148 | to messages written that way (but it will be enforced for messages generated via | |
3149 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3150 | and similar functions).</para> |
3151 | ||
3152 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> | |
90fc172e AZ |
3153 | </varlistentry> |
3154 | ||
5b0a76d1 | 3155 | <varlistentry> |
523ea123 QD |
3156 | <term><varname>LogFilterPatterns=</varname></term> |
3157 | ||
3158 | <listitem><para>Define an extended regular expression to filter log messages based on the | |
3159 | <varname>MESSAGE=</varname> field of the structured message. If the first character of the pattern is | |
3160 | <literal>~</literal>, log entries matching the pattern should be discarded. This option takes a single | |
3161 | pattern as an argument but can be used multiple times to create a list of allowed and denied patterns. | |
3162 | If the empty string is assigned, the filter is reset, and all prior assignments will have no effect.</para> | |
3163 | ||
3164 | <para>Because the <literal>~</literal> character is used to define denied patterns, it must be replaced | |
3165 | with <literal>\x7e</literal> to allow a message starting with <literal>~</literal>. For example, | |
3166 | <literal>~foobar</literal> would add a pattern matching <literal>foobar</literal> to the deny list, while | |
3167 | <literal>\x7efoobar</literal> would add a pattern matching <literal>~foobar</literal> to the allow list.</para> | |
3168 | ||
3169 | <para>Log messages are tested against denied patterns (if any), then against allowed patterns | |
3170 | (if any). If a log message matches any of the denied patterns, it will be discarded, whatever the | |
3171 | allowed patterns. Then, remaining log messages are tested against allowed patterns. Messages matching | |
3172 | against none of the allowed pattern are discarded. If no allowed patterns are defined, then all | |
3173 | messages are processed directly after going through denied filters.</para> | |
3174 | ||
3175 | <para>Filtering is based on the unit for which <varname>LogFilterPatterns=</varname> is defined, meaning log | |
3176 | messages coming from | |
3177 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> about the | |
3178 | unit are not taken into account. Filtered log messages won't be forwarded to traditional syslog daemons, | |
3179 | the kernel log buffer (kmsg), the systemd console, or sent as wall messages to all logged-in | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3180 | users.</para> |
3181 | ||
3182 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> | |
523ea123 QD |
3183 | </varlistentry> |
3184 | ||
3185 | <varlistentry> | |
5b0a76d1 LP |
3186 | <term><varname>LogNamespace=</varname></term> |
3187 | ||
3188 | <listitem><para>Run the unit's processes in the specified journal namespace. Expects a short | |
3189 | user-defined string identifying the namespace. If not used the processes of the service are run in | |
3190 | the default journal namespace, i.e. their log stream is collected and processed by | |
3191 | <filename>systemd-journald.service</filename>. If this option is used any log data generated by | |
3192 | processes of this unit (regardless if via the <function>syslog()</function>, journal native logging | |
3193 | or stdout/stderr logging) is collected and processed by an instance of the | |
3194 | <filename>systemd-journald@.service</filename> template unit, which manages the specified | |
3195 | namespace. The log data is stored in a data store independent from the default log namespace's data | |
3196 | store. See | |
3197 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-journald.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
3198 | for details about journal namespaces.</para> | |
3199 | ||
3200 | <para>Internally, journal namespaces are implemented through Linux mount namespacing and | |
3201 | over-mounting the directory that contains the relevant <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> sockets used for | |
3202 | logging in the unit's mount namespace. Since mount namespaces are used this setting disconnects | |
15102ced ZJS |
3203 | propagation of mounts from the unit's processes to the host, similarly to how |
3204 | <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname> and similar settings describe above work. Journal namespaces may hence | |
5b0a76d1 LP |
3205 | not be used for services that need to establish mount points on the host.</para> |
3206 | ||
3207 | <para>When this option is used the unit will automatically gain ordering and requirement dependencies | |
3208 | on the two socket units associated with the <filename>systemd-journald@.service</filename> instance | |
3209 | so that they are automatically established prior to the unit starting up. Note that when this option | |
3210 | is used log output of this service does not appear in the regular | |
3211 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
a6991726 LP |
3212 | output, unless the <option>--namespace=</option> option is used.</para> |
3213 | ||
ec07c3c8 AK |
3214 | <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> |
3215 | ||
3216 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> | |
5b0a76d1 LP |
3217 | </varlistentry> |
3218 | ||
798d3a52 | 3219 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 3220 | <term><varname>SyslogIdentifier=</varname></term> |
798d3a52 | 3221 | |
eedaf7f3 LP |
3222 | <listitem><para>Sets the process name ("<command>syslog</command> tag") to prefix log lines sent to |
3223 | the logging system or the kernel log buffer with. If not set, defaults to the process name of the | |
b105d413 | 3224 | executed process. This option is only useful when <varname>StandardOutput=</varname> or |
eedaf7f3 LP |
3225 | <varname>StandardError=</varname> are set to <option>journal</option> or <option>kmsg</option> (or to |
3226 | the same settings in combination with <option>+console</option>) and only applies to log messages | |
3227 | written to stdout or stderr.</para></listitem> | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
3228 | </varlistentry> |
3229 | ||
3230 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 3231 | <term><varname>SyslogFacility=</varname></term> |
78e864e5 | 3232 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3233 | <listitem><para>Sets the <command>syslog</command> facility identifier to use when logging. One of |
3234 | <option>kern</option>, <option>user</option>, <option>mail</option>, <option>daemon</option>, | |
3235 | <option>auth</option>, <option>syslog</option>, <option>lpr</option>, <option>news</option>, | |
3236 | <option>uucp</option>, <option>cron</option>, <option>authpriv</option>, <option>ftp</option>, | |
3237 | <option>local0</option>, <option>local1</option>, <option>local2</option>, <option>local3</option>, | |
eedaf7f3 LP |
3238 | <option>local4</option>, <option>local5</option>, <option>local6</option> or |
3239 | <option>local7</option>. See <citerefentry | |
3240 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
3241 | details. This option is only useful when <varname>StandardOutput=</varname> or | |
3242 | <varname>StandardError=</varname> are set to <option>journal</option> or <option>kmsg</option> (or to | |
3243 | the same settings in combination with <option>+console</option>), and only applies to log messages | |
3244 | written to stdout or stderr. Defaults to <option>daemon</option>.</para></listitem> | |
78e864e5 TM |
3245 | </varlistentry> |
3246 | ||
b1edf445 | 3247 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 3248 | <term><varname>SyslogLevel=</varname></term> |
b1edf445 | 3249 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3250 | <listitem><para>The default <command>syslog</command> log level to use when logging to the logging system or |
3251 | the kernel log buffer. One of <option>emerg</option>, <option>alert</option>, <option>crit</option>, | |
3252 | <option>err</option>, <option>warning</option>, <option>notice</option>, <option>info</option>, | |
3253 | <option>debug</option>. See <citerefentry | |
3254 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for | |
3255 | details. This option is only useful when <varname>StandardOutput=</varname> or | |
eedaf7f3 | 3256 | <varname>StandardError=</varname> are set to <option>journal</option> or |
b8afec21 LP |
3257 | <option>kmsg</option> (or to the same settings in combination with <option>+console</option>), and only applies |
3258 | to log messages written to stdout or stderr. Note that individual lines output by executed processes may be | |
3259 | prefixed with a different log level which can be used to override the default log level specified here. The | |
3260 | interpretation of these prefixes may be disabled with <varname>SyslogLevelPrefix=</varname>, see below. For | |
3261 | details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd-daemon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
3262 | Defaults to <option>info</option>.</para></listitem> | |
78e864e5 TM |
3263 | </varlistentry> |
3264 | ||
3265 | <varlistentry> | |
b8afec21 | 3266 | <term><varname>SyslogLevelPrefix=</varname></term> |
4a628360 | 3267 | |
b8afec21 | 3268 | <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true and <varname>StandardOutput=</varname> or |
eedaf7f3 LP |
3269 | <varname>StandardError=</varname> are set to <option>journal</option> or <option>kmsg</option> (or to |
3270 | the same settings in combination with <option>+console</option>), log lines written by the executed | |
3271 | process that are prefixed with a log level will be processed with this log level set but the prefix | |
3272 | removed. If set to false, the interpretation of these prefixes is disabled and the logged lines are | |
3273 | passed on as-is. This only applies to log messages written to stdout or stderr. For details about | |
3274 | this prefixing see | |
3275 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd-daemon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
b8afec21 LP |
3276 | Defaults to true.</para></listitem> |
3277 | </varlistentry> | |
fdfcb946 | 3278 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3279 | <varlistentry> |
3280 | <term><varname>TTYPath=</varname></term> | |
4a628360 | 3281 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3282 | <listitem><para>Sets the terminal device node to use if standard input, output, or error are connected to a TTY |
3283 | (see above). Defaults to <filename>/dev/console</filename>.</para></listitem> | |
3284 | </varlistentry> | |
23a7448e | 3285 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3286 | <varlistentry> |
3287 | <term><varname>TTYReset=</varname></term> | |
3536f49e | 3288 | |
b8afec21 | 3289 | <listitem><para>Reset the terminal device specified with <varname>TTYPath=</varname> before and after |
b105d413 | 3290 | execution. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para></listitem> |
3536f49e YW |
3291 | </varlistentry> |
3292 | ||
189cd8c2 | 3293 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 3294 | <term><varname>TTYVHangup=</varname></term> |
189cd8c2 | 3295 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3296 | <listitem><para>Disconnect all clients which have opened the terminal device specified with |
3297 | <varname>TTYPath=</varname> before and after execution. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para></listitem> | |
189cd8c2 ZJS |
3298 | </varlistentry> |
3299 | ||
51462135 DDM |
3300 | <varlistentry> |
3301 | <term><varname>TTYRows=</varname></term> | |
3302 | <term><varname>TTYColumns=</varname></term> | |
3303 | ||
3304 | <listitem><para>Configure the size of the TTY specified with <varname>TTYPath=</varname>. If unset or | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3305 | set to the empty string, the kernel default is used.</para> |
3306 | ||
3307 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> | |
51462135 DDM |
3308 | </varlistentry> |
3309 | ||
53f47dfc | 3310 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 3311 | <term><varname>TTYVTDisallocate=</varname></term> |
53f47dfc | 3312 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3313 | <listitem><para>If the terminal device specified with <varname>TTYPath=</varname> is a virtual console |
3314 | terminal, try to deallocate the TTY before and after execution. This ensures that the screen and scrollback | |
3315 | buffer is cleared. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para></listitem> | |
189cd8c2 | 3316 | </varlistentry> |
b8afec21 LP |
3317 | </variablelist> |
3318 | </refsect1> | |
3319 | ||
3220cf39 LP |
3320 | <refsect1> |
3321 | <title>Credentials</title> | |
3322 | ||
3323 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> | |
3324 | ||
3325 | <varlistentry> | |
8a29862e | 3326 | <term><varname>LoadCredential=</varname><replaceable>ID</replaceable><optional>:<replaceable>PATH</replaceable></optional></term> |
8a6a781b | 3327 | <term><varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname><replaceable>ID</replaceable><optional>:<replaceable>PATH</replaceable></optional></term> |
3220cf39 LP |
3328 | |
3329 | <listitem><para>Pass a credential to the unit. Credentials are limited-size binary or textual objects | |
3330 | that may be passed to unit processes. They are primarily used for passing cryptographic keys (both | |
3331 | public and private) or certificates, user account information or identity information from host to | |
3332 | services. The data is accessible from the unit's processes via the file system, at a read-only | |
3333 | location that (if possible and permitted) is backed by non-swappable memory. The data is only | |
3334 | accessible to the user associated with the unit, via the | |
3335 | <varname>User=</varname>/<varname>DynamicUser=</varname> settings (as well as the superuser). When | |
3336 | available, the location of credentials is exported as the <varname>$CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY</varname> | |
3337 | environment variable to the unit's processes.</para> | |
3338 | ||
3339 | <para>The <varname>LoadCredential=</varname> setting takes a textual ID to use as name for a | |
8a29862e LP |
3340 | credential plus a file system path, separated by a colon. The ID must be a short ASCII string |
3341 | suitable as filename in the filesystem, and may be chosen freely by the user. If the specified path | |
3342 | is absolute it is opened as regular file and the credential data is read from it. If the absolute | |
3343 | path refers to an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket in the file system a connection is made | |
3344 | to it (only once at unit start-up) and the credential data read from the connection, providing an | |
72267a55 LP |
3345 | easy IPC integration point for dynamically transferring credentials from other services.</para> |
3346 | ||
3347 | <para>If the specified path is not absolute and itself qualifies as valid credential identifier it is | |
3348 | attempted to find a credential that the service manager itself received under the specified name — | |
3349 | which may be used to propagate credentials from an invoking environment (e.g. a container manager | |
3350 | that invoked the service manager) into a service. If no matching system credential is found, the | |
3351 | directories <filename>/etc/credstore/</filename>, <filename>/run/credstore/</filename> and | |
3352 | <filename>/usr/lib/credstore/</filename> are searched for files under the credential's name — which | |
3353 | hence are recommended locations for credential data on disk. If | |
3354 | <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> is used <filename>/run/credstore.encrypted/</filename>, | |
3355 | <filename>/etc/credstore.encrypted/</filename>, and | |
3356 | <filename>/usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/</filename> are searched as well.</para> | |
3357 | ||
3358 | <para>If the file system path is omitted it is chosen identical to the credential name, i.e. this is | |
3359 | a terse way to declare credentials to inherit from the service manager into a service. This option | |
3360 | may be used multiple times, each time defining an additional credential to pass to the unit.</para> | |
3361 | ||
3362 | <para>If an absolute path referring to a directory is specified, every file in that directory | |
3363 | (recursively) will be loaded as a separate credential. The ID for each credential will be the | |
3989bdc1 AB |
3364 | provided ID suffixed with <literal>_$FILENAME</literal> (e.g., <literal>Key_file1</literal>). When |
3365 | loading from a directory, symlinks will be ignored.</para> | |
3220cf39 | 3366 | |
72267a55 LP |
3367 | <para>The contents of the file/socket may be arbitrary binary or textual data, including newline |
3368 | characters and <constant>NUL</constant> bytes.</para> | |
3369 | ||
8a6a781b | 3370 | <para>The <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> setting is identical to |
d43ea6c8 LP |
3371 | <varname>LoadCredential=</varname>, except that the credential data is decrypted and authenticated |
3372 | before being passed on to the executed processes. Specifically, the referenced path should refer to a | |
3373 | file or socket with an encrypted credential, as implemented by | |
8a6a781b | 3374 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-creds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This |
d43ea6c8 LP |
3375 | credential is loaded, decrypted, authenticated and then passed to the application in plaintext form, |
3376 | in the same way a regular credential specified via <varname>LoadCredential=</varname> would be. A | |
3377 | credential configured this way may be symmetrically encrypted/authenticated with a secret key derived | |
3378 | from the system's TPM2 security chip, or with a secret key stored in | |
3379 | <filename>/var/lib/systemd/credentials.secret</filename>, or with both. Using encrypted and | |
3380 | authenticated credentials improves security as credentials are not stored in plaintext and only | |
3381 | authenticated and decrypted into plaintext the moment a service requiring them is started. Moreover, | |
3382 | credentials may be bound to the local hardware and installations, so that they cannot easily be | |
398dc7d3 LB |
3383 | analyzed offline, or be generated externally. When <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> is set to |
3384 | <literal>closed</literal> or <literal>strict</literal>, or set to <literal>auto</literal> and | |
3385 | <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname> is set, or <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname> is set, then this | |
3386 | setting adds <filename>/dev/tpmrm0</filename> with <constant>rw</constant> mode to | |
3387 | <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>. See | |
3388 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
3389 | for the details about <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname> or <varname>DeviceAllow=</varname>.</para> | |
8a6a781b | 3390 | |
3220cf39 LP |
3391 | <para>The credential files/IPC sockets must be accessible to the service manager, but don't have to |
3392 | be directly accessible to the unit's processes: the credential data is read and copied into separate, | |
3393 | read-only copies for the unit that are accessible to appropriately privileged processes. This is | |
3394 | particularly useful in combination with <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> as this way privileged data | |
3395 | can be made available to processes running under a dynamic UID (i.e. not a previously known one) | |
3396 | without having to open up access to all users.</para> | |
3397 | ||
3398 | <para>In order to reference the path a credential may be read from within a | |
3399 | <varname>ExecStart=</varname> command line use <literal>${CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY}/mycred</literal>, | |
72267a55 LP |
3400 | e.g. <literal>ExecStart=cat ${CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY}/mycred</literal>. In order to reference the path |
3401 | a credential may be read from within a <varname>Environment=</varname> line use | |
cf371718 JB |
3402 | <literal>%d/mycred</literal>, e.g. <literal>Environment=MYCREDPATH=%d/mycred</literal>. For system |
3403 | services the path may also be referenced as | |
3404 | <literal>/run/credentials/<replaceable>UNITNAME</replaceable></literal> in cases where no | |
3405 | interpolation is possible, e.g. configuration files of software that does not yet support credentials | |
3406 | natively. <varname>$CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY</varname> is considered the primary interface to look for | |
3407 | credentials, though, since it also works for user services.</para> | |
3220cf39 | 3408 | |
75909cc7 | 3409 | <para>Currently, an accumulated credential size limit of 1 MB per unit is enforced.</para> |
d3dcf4e3 | 3410 | |
72267a55 LP |
3411 | <para>The service manager itself may receive system credentials that can be propagated to services |
3412 | from a hosting container manager or VM hypervisor. See the <ulink | |
3413 | url="https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE">Container Interface</ulink> documentation for details | |
8de7de46 LP |
3414 | about the former. For the latter, pass <ulink |
3415 | url="https://www.dmtf.org/standards/smbios">DMI/SMBIOS</ulink> OEM string table entries (field type | |
3416 | 11) with a prefix of <literal>io.systemd.credential:</literal> or | |
3417 | <literal>io.systemd.credential.binary:</literal>. In both cases a key/value pair separated by | |
3418 | <literal>=</literal> is expected, in the latter case the right-hand side is Base64 decoded when | |
0dea5b77 LP |
3419 | parsed (thus permitting binary data to be passed in). Example <ulink |
3420 | url="https://www.qemu.org/docs/master/system/index.html">qemu</ulink> switch: <literal>-smbios | |
8de7de46 LP |
3421 | type=11,value=io.systemd.credential:xx=yy</literal>, or <literal>-smbios |
3422 | type=11,value=io.systemd.credential.binary:rick=TmV2ZXIgR29ubmEgR2l2ZSBZb3UgVXA=</literal>. Alternatively, | |
3423 | use the <command>qemu</command> <literal>fw_cfg</literal> node | |
0dea5b77 LP |
3424 | <literal>opt/io.systemd.credentials/</literal>. Example <command>qemu</command> switch: |
3425 | <literal>-fw_cfg name=opt/io.systemd.credentials/mycred,string=supersecret</literal>. They may also | |
3426 | be passed from the UEFI firmware environment via | |
3427 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-stub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, | |
3428 | from the initrd (see | |
3429 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>), or be | |
de70ecb3 LP |
3430 | specified on the kernel command line using the <literal>systemd.set_credential=</literal> and |
3431 | <literal>systemd.set_credential_binary=</literal> switches (see | |
0dea5b77 LP |
3432 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> – this is |
3433 | not recommended since unprivileged userspace can read the kernel command line). </para> | |
72267a55 | 3434 | |
d3dcf4e3 LP |
3435 | <para>If referencing an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket to connect to, the connection will |
3436 | originate from an abstract namespace socket, that includes information about the unit and the | |
3437 | credential ID in its socket name. Use <citerefentry | |
3438 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>getpeername</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
3439 | to query this information. The returned socket name is formatted as <constant>NUL</constant> | |
3440 | <replaceable>RANDOM</replaceable> <literal>/unit/</literal> <replaceable>UNIT</replaceable> | |
3441 | <literal>/</literal> <replaceable>ID</replaceable>, i.e. a <constant>NUL</constant> byte (as required | |
3442 | for abstract namespace socket names), followed by a random string (consisting of alphadecimal | |
3443 | characters), followed by the literal string <literal>/unit/</literal>, followed by the requesting | |
3444 | unit name, followed by the literal character <literal>/</literal>, followed by the textual credential | |
3445 | ID requested. Example: <literal>\0adf9d86b6eda275e/unit/foobar.service/credx</literal> in case the | |
3446 | credential <literal>credx</literal> is requested for a unit <literal>foobar.service</literal>. This | |
3447 | functionality is useful for using a single listening socket to serve credentials to multiple | |
fe672fe5 LP |
3448 | consumers.</para> |
3449 | ||
3450 | <para>For further information see <ulink url="https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS">System and Service | |
aefdc112 AK |
3451 | Credentials</ulink> documentation.</para> |
3452 | ||
3453 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
3220cf39 LP |
3454 | </varlistentry> |
3455 | ||
bbfb25f4 DDM |
3456 | <varlistentry> |
3457 | <term><varname>ImportCredential=</varname><replaceable>GLOB</replaceable></term> | |
3458 | ||
3459 | <listitem><para>Pass one or more credentials to the unit. Takes a credential name for which we'll | |
3460 | attempt to find a credential that the service manager itself received under the specified name — | |
3461 | which may be used to propagate credentials from an invoking environment (e.g. a container manager | |
3462 | that invoked the service manager) into a service. If the credential name is a glob, all credentials | |
3463 | matching the glob are passed to the unit. Matching credentials are searched for in the system | |
3464 | credentials, the encrypted system credentials, and under <filename>/etc/credstore/</filename>, | |
3465 | <filename>/run/credstore/</filename>, <filename>/usr/lib/credstore/</filename>, | |
3466 | <filename>/run/credstore.encrypted/</filename>, <filename>/etc/credstore.encrypted/</filename>, and | |
3467 | <filename>/usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/</filename> in that order. When multiple credentials of the | |
3468 | same name are found, the first one found is used.</para> | |
3469 | ||
947c4d39 LP |
3470 | <para>The globbing expression implements a restrictive subset of <citerefentry |
3471 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>glob</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>: only | |
3472 | a single trailing <literal>*</literal> wildcard may be specified. Both <literal>?</literal> and | |
3473 | <literal>[]</literal> wildcards are not permitted, nor are <literal>*</literal> wildcards anywhere | |
3474 | except at the end of the glob expression.</para> | |
3475 | ||
bbfb25f4 DDM |
3476 | <para>When multiple credentials of the same name are found, credentials found by |
3477 | <varname>LoadCredential=</varname> and <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> take priority over | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3478 | credentials found by <varname>ImportCredential=</varname>.</para> |
3479 | ||
3480 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> | |
bbfb25f4 DDM |
3481 | </varlistentry> |
3482 | ||
3220cf39 LP |
3483 | <varlistentry> |
3484 | <term><varname>SetCredential=</varname><replaceable>ID</replaceable>:<replaceable>VALUE</replaceable></term> | |
8a6a781b | 3485 | <term><varname>SetCredentialEncrypted=</varname><replaceable>ID</replaceable>:<replaceable>VALUE</replaceable></term> |
3220cf39 LP |
3486 | |
3487 | <listitem><para>The <varname>SetCredential=</varname> setting is similar to | |
3488 | <varname>LoadCredential=</varname> but accepts a literal value to use as data for the credential, | |
3489 | instead of a file system path to read the data from. Do not use this option for data that is supposed | |
3490 | to be secret, as it is accessible to unprivileged processes via IPC. It's only safe to use this for | |
3491 | user IDs, public key material and similar non-sensitive data. For everything else use | |
3492 | <varname>LoadCredential=</varname>. In order to embed binary data into the credential data use | |
3493 | C-style escaping (i.e. <literal>\n</literal> to embed a newline, or <literal>\x00</literal> to embed | |
6b44ad0b | 3494 | a <constant>NUL</constant> byte).</para> |
3220cf39 | 3495 | |
8a6a781b LP |
3496 | <para>The <varname>SetCredentialEncrypted=</varname> setting is identical to |
3497 | <varname>SetCredential=</varname> but expects an encrypted credential in literal form as value. This | |
3498 | allows embedding confidential credentials securely directly in unit files. Use | |
3499 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-creds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>' | |
3500 | <option>-p</option> switch to generate suitable <varname>SetCredentialEncrypted=</varname> lines | |
3501 | directly from plaintext credentials. For further details see | |
3502 | <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> above.</para> | |
3503 | ||
bbfb25f4 DDM |
3504 | <para>When multiple credentials of the same name are found, credentials found by |
3505 | <varname>LoadCredential=</varname>, <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> and | |
3506 | <varname>ImportCredential=</varname> take priority over credentials found by | |
3507 | <varname>SetCredential=</varname>. As such, <varname>SetCredential=</varname> will act as default if | |
3508 | no credentials are found by any of the former. In this case not being able to retrieve the credential | |
3509 | from the path specified in <varname>LoadCredential=</varname> or | |
aefdc112 AK |
3510 | <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> is not considered fatal.</para> |
3511 | ||
3512 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
3220cf39 LP |
3513 | </varlistentry> |
3514 | </variablelist> | |
3515 | </refsect1> | |
3516 | ||
b8afec21 LP |
3517 | <refsect1> |
3518 | <title>System V Compatibility</title> | |
e0e2ecd5 | 3519 | <variablelist class='unit-directives'> |
189cd8c2 | 3520 | |
f3e43635 | 3521 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 3522 | <term><varname>UtmpIdentifier=</varname></term> |
f3e43635 | 3523 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3524 | <listitem><para>Takes a four character identifier string for an <citerefentry |
3525 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>utmp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and wtmp entry | |
3526 | for this service. This should only be set for services such as <command>getty</command> implementations (such | |
3527 | as <citerefentry | |
3528 | project='die-net'><refentrytitle>agetty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) where utmp/wtmp | |
3529 | entries must be created and cleared before and after execution, or for services that shall be executed as if | |
3530 | they were run by a <command>getty</command> process (see below). If the configured string is longer than four | |
3531 | characters, it is truncated and the terminal four characters are used. This setting interprets %I style string | |
3532 | replacements. This setting is unset by default, i.e. no utmp/wtmp entries are created or cleaned up for this | |
3533 | service.</para></listitem> | |
f3e43635 TM |
3534 | </varlistentry> |
3535 | ||
f4170c67 | 3536 | <varlistentry> |
b8afec21 | 3537 | <term><varname>UtmpMode=</varname></term> |
f4170c67 | 3538 | |
b8afec21 LP |
3539 | <listitem><para>Takes one of <literal>init</literal>, <literal>login</literal> or <literal>user</literal>. If |
3540 | <varname>UtmpIdentifier=</varname> is set, controls which type of <citerefentry | |
3541 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>utmp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>/wtmp entries | |
3542 | for this service are generated. This setting has no effect unless <varname>UtmpIdentifier=</varname> is set | |
3543 | too. If <literal>init</literal> is set, only an <constant>INIT_PROCESS</constant> entry is generated and the | |
3544 | invoked process must implement a <command>getty</command>-compatible utmp/wtmp logic. If | |
3545 | <literal>login</literal> is set, first an <constant>INIT_PROCESS</constant> entry, followed by a | |
3546 | <constant>LOGIN_PROCESS</constant> entry is generated. In this case, the invoked process must implement a | |
3547 | <citerefentry | |
3548 | project='die-net'><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>-compatible | |
3549 | utmp/wtmp logic. If <literal>user</literal> is set, first an <constant>INIT_PROCESS</constant> entry, then a | |
3550 | <constant>LOGIN_PROCESS</constant> entry and finally a <constant>USER_PROCESS</constant> entry is | |
3551 | generated. In this case, the invoked process may be any process that is suitable to be run as session | |
aefdc112 AK |
3552 | leader. Defaults to <literal>init</literal>.</para> |
3553 | ||
3554 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v225"/></listitem> | |
f4170c67 LP |
3555 | </varlistentry> |
3556 | ||
798d3a52 ZJS |
3557 | </variablelist> |
3558 | </refsect1> | |
3559 | ||
3560 | <refsect1> | |
82651d5b | 3561 | <title>Environment Variables in Spawned Processes</title> |
798d3a52 | 3562 | |
00819cc1 LP |
3563 | <para>Processes started by the service manager are executed with an environment variable block assembled from |
3564 | multiple sources. Processes started by the system service manager generally do not inherit environment variables | |
3565 | set for the service manager itself (but this may be altered via <varname>PassEnvironment=</varname>), but processes | |
3566 | started by the user service manager instances generally do inherit all environment variables set for the service | |
3567 | manager itself.</para> | |
3568 | ||
3569 | <para>For each invoked process the list of environment variables set is compiled from the following sources:</para> | |
3570 | ||
3571 | <itemizedlist> | |
3572 | <listitem><para>Variables globally configured for the service manager, using the | |
3573 | <varname>DefaultEnvironment=</varname> setting in | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3574 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, |
3575 | the kernel command line option <varname>systemd.setenv=</varname> understood by | |
3576 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or via | |
3577 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
3578 | <command>set-environment</command> verb.</para></listitem> | |
00819cc1 | 3579 | |
82651d5b | 3580 | <listitem><para>Variables defined by the service manager itself (see the list below).</para></listitem> |
00819cc1 | 3581 | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3582 | <listitem><para>Variables set in the service manager's own environment variable block (subject to |
3583 | <varname>PassEnvironment=</varname> for the system service manager).</para></listitem> | |
00819cc1 | 3584 | |
82651d5b | 3585 | <listitem><para>Variables set via <varname>Environment=</varname> in the unit file.</para></listitem> |
00819cc1 | 3586 | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3587 | <listitem><para>Variables read from files specified via <varname>EnvironmentFile=</varname> in the unit |
3588 | file.</para></listitem> | |
00819cc1 | 3589 | |
46b07329 LP |
3590 | <listitem><para>Variables set by any PAM modules in case <varname>PAMName=</varname> is in effect, |
3591 | cf. <citerefentry | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3592 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>pam_env</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
3593 | </para></listitem> | |
00819cc1 LP |
3594 | </itemizedlist> |
3595 | ||
82651d5b ZJS |
3596 | <para>If the same environment variable is set by multiple of these sources, the later source — according |
3597 | to the order of the list above — wins. Note that as the final step all variables listed in | |
3598 | <varname>UnsetEnvironment=</varname> are removed from the compiled environment variable list, immediately | |
00819cc1 LP |
3599 | before it is passed to the executed process.</para> |
3600 | ||
82651d5b ZJS |
3601 | <para>The general philosophy is to expose a small curated list of environment variables to processes. |
3602 | Services started by the system manager (PID 1) will be started, without additional service-specific | |
3603 | configuration, with just a few environment variables. The user manager inherits environment variables as | |
3604 | any other system service, but in addition may receive additional environment variables from PAM, and, | |
3605 | typically, additional imported variables when the user starts a graphical session. It is recommended to | |
84b10e53 | 3606 | keep the environment blocks in both the system and user managers lean. Importing all variables |
32854f70 | 3607 | inherited by the graphical session or by one of the user shells is strongly discouraged.</para> |
82651d5b ZJS |
3608 | |
3609 | <para>Hint: <command>systemd-run -P env</command> and <command>systemd-run --user -P env</command> print | |
3610 | the effective system and user service environment blocks.</para> | |
3611 | ||
3612 | <refsect2> | |
3613 | <title>Environment Variables Set or Propagated by the Service Manager</title> | |
3614 | ||
3615 | <para>The following environment variables are propagated by the service manager or generated internally | |
3616 | for each invoked process:</para> | |
3617 | ||
3618 | <variablelist class='environment-variables'> | |
3619 | <varlistentry> | |
3620 | <term><varname>$PATH</varname></term> | |
3621 | ||
3622 | <listitem><para>Colon-separated list of directories to use when launching | |
3623 | executables. <command>systemd</command> uses a fixed value of | |
3624 | <literal><filename>/usr/local/sbin</filename>:<filename>/usr/local/bin</filename>:<filename>/usr/sbin</filename>:<filename>/usr/bin</filename></literal> | |
b0d3095f LB |
3625 | in the system manager. In case of the user manager, a different path may be configured by the |
3626 | distribution. It is recommended to not rely on the order of entries, and have only one program | |
aefdc112 AK |
3627 | with a given name in <varname>$PATH</varname>.</para> |
3628 | ||
3629 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v208"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3630 | </varlistentry> |
3631 | ||
3632 | <varlistentry> | |
3633 | <term><varname>$LANG</varname></term> | |
3634 | ||
3635 | <listitem><para>Locale. Can be set in <citerefentry | |
3636 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>locale.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
3637 | or on the kernel command line (see | |
3638 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and | |
3639 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kernel-command-line</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>). | |
aefdc112 AK |
3640 | </para> |
3641 | ||
3642 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v208"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3643 | </varlistentry> |
3644 | ||
3645 | <varlistentry> | |
3646 | <term><varname>$USER</varname></term> | |
3647 | <term><varname>$LOGNAME</varname></term> | |
3648 | <term><varname>$HOME</varname></term> | |
3649 | <term><varname>$SHELL</varname></term> | |
3650 | ||
854eca4a MY |
3651 | <listitem><para>User name (twice), home directory, and the login shell. <varname>$USER</varname> is |
3652 | set unconditionally, while <varname>$HOME</varname>, <varname>$LOGNAME</varname>, and <varname>$SHELL</varname> | |
3653 | are only set for the units that have <varname>User=</varname> set and <varname>SetLoginEnvironment=</varname> | |
3654 | unset or set to true. For user services, these variables are typically inherited from the user manager itself. See | |
82651d5b | 3655 | <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
aefdc112 AK |
3656 | </para> |
3657 | ||
3658 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v208"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3659 | </varlistentry> |
3660 | ||
3661 | <varlistentry> | |
3662 | <term><varname>$INVOCATION_ID</varname></term> | |
3663 | ||
da890466 | 3664 | <listitem><para>Contains a randomized, unique 128-bit ID identifying each runtime cycle of the unit, formatted |
82651d5b ZJS |
3665 | as 32 character hexadecimal string. A new ID is assigned each time the unit changes from an inactive state into |
3666 | an activating or active state, and may be used to identify this specific runtime cycle, in particular in data | |
3667 | stored offline, such as the journal. The same ID is passed to all processes run as part of the | |
aefdc112 AK |
3668 | unit.</para> |
3669 | ||
3670 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3671 | </varlistentry> |
3672 | ||
3673 | <varlistentry> | |
3674 | <term><varname>$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR</varname></term> | |
3675 | ||
3676 | <listitem><para>The directory to use for runtime objects (such as IPC objects) and volatile state. Set for all | |
3677 | services run by the user <command>systemd</command> instance, as well as any system services that use | |
3678 | <varname>PAMName=</varname> with a PAM stack that includes <command>pam_systemd</command>. See below and | |
3679 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam_systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more | |
aefdc112 AK |
3680 | information.</para> |
3681 | ||
3682 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v208"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3683 | </varlistentry> |
3684 | ||
3685 | <varlistentry> | |
3686 | <term><varname>$RUNTIME_DIRECTORY</varname></term> | |
3687 | <term><varname>$STATE_DIRECTORY</varname></term> | |
3688 | <term><varname>$CACHE_DIRECTORY</varname></term> | |
3689 | <term><varname>$LOGS_DIRECTORY</varname></term> | |
3690 | <term><varname>$CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY</varname></term> | |
3691 | ||
3692 | <listitem><para>Absolute paths to the directories defined with | |
3693 | <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname>, <varname>StateDirectory=</varname>, | |
3694 | <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname>, <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname>, and | |
3695 | <varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname> when those settings are used.</para> | |
aefdc112 AK |
3696 | |
3697 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3698 | </listitem> |
3699 | </varlistentry> | |
3700 | ||
3701 | <varlistentry> | |
3702 | <term><varname>$CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY</varname></term> | |
3703 | ||
3704 | <listitem><para>An absolute path to the per-unit directory with credentials configured via | |
bbfb25f4 DDM |
3705 | <varname>ImportCredential=</varname>/<varname>LoadCredential=</varname>/<varname>SetCredential=</varname>. |
3706 | The directory is marked read-only and is placed in unswappable memory (if supported and permitted), | |
3707 | and is only accessible to the UID associated with the unit via <varname>User=</varname> or | |
aefdc112 AK |
3708 | <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> (and the superuser).</para> |
3709 | ||
3710 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3711 | </varlistentry> |
3712 | ||
3713 | <varlistentry> | |
3714 | <term><varname>$MAINPID</varname></term> | |
3715 | ||
3716 | <listitem><para>The PID of the unit's main process if it is | |
3717 | known. This is only set for control processes as invoked by | |
aefdc112 AK |
3718 | <varname>ExecReload=</varname> and similar.</para> |
3719 | ||
3720 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3721 | </varlistentry> |
3722 | ||
3723 | <varlistentry> | |
3724 | <term><varname>$MANAGERPID</varname></term> | |
3725 | ||
3726 | <listitem><para>The PID of the user <command>systemd</command> | |
aefdc112 AK |
3727 | instance, set for processes spawned by it.</para> |
3728 | ||
3729 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v208"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3730 | </varlistentry> |
3731 | ||
3732 | <varlistentry> | |
3733 | <term><varname>$LISTEN_FDS</varname></term> | |
3734 | <term><varname>$LISTEN_PID</varname></term> | |
3735 | <term><varname>$LISTEN_FDNAMES</varname></term> | |
3736 | ||
3737 | <listitem><para>Information about file descriptors passed to a | |
3738 | service for socket activation. See | |
3739 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_listen_fds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
aefdc112 AK |
3740 | </para> |
3741 | ||
3742 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v208"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3743 | </varlistentry> |
3744 | ||
3745 | <varlistentry> | |
3746 | <term><varname>$NOTIFY_SOCKET</varname></term> | |
3747 | ||
75b29fda | 3748 | <listitem><para>The socket <function>sd_notify()</function> talks to. See |
82651d5b | 3749 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. |
aefdc112 AK |
3750 | </para> |
3751 | ||
3752 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3753 | </varlistentry> |
3754 | ||
3755 | <varlistentry> | |
3756 | <term><varname>$WATCHDOG_PID</varname></term> | |
3757 | <term><varname>$WATCHDOG_USEC</varname></term> | |
3758 | ||
3759 | <listitem><para>Information about watchdog keep-alive notifications. See | |
3760 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_watchdog_enabled</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
aefdc112 AK |
3761 | </para> |
3762 | ||
3763 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3764 | </varlistentry> |
3765 | ||
dc4e2940 YW |
3766 | <varlistentry> |
3767 | <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID</varname></term> | |
3768 | ||
3769 | <listitem><para>The PID of the unit process (e.g. process invoked by | |
3770 | <varname>ExecStart=</varname>). The child process can use this information to determine | |
3771 | whether the process is directly invoked by the service manager or indirectly as a child of | |
15102ced | 3772 | another process by comparing this value with the current PID (similarly to the scheme used in |
dc4e2940 | 3773 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_listen_fds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
ec07c3c8 AK |
3774 | with <varname>$LISTEN_PID</varname> and <varname>$LISTEN_FDS</varname>).</para> |
3775 | ||
3776 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> | |
dc4e2940 YW |
3777 | </varlistentry> |
3778 | ||
82651d5b ZJS |
3779 | <varlistentry> |
3780 | <term><varname>$TERM</varname></term> | |
3781 | ||
3782 | <listitem><para>Terminal type, set only for units connected to | |
3783 | a terminal (<varname>StandardInput=tty</varname>, | |
3784 | <varname>StandardOutput=tty</varname>, or | |
3785 | <varname>StandardError=tty</varname>). See | |
3786 | <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>termcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
aefdc112 AK |
3787 | </para> |
3788 | ||
3789 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3790 | </varlistentry> |
3791 | ||
3792 | <varlistentry> | |
3793 | <term><varname>$LOG_NAMESPACE</varname></term> | |
3794 | ||
3795 | <listitem><para>Contains the name of the selected logging namespace when the | |
aefdc112 AK |
3796 | <varname>LogNamespace=</varname> service setting is used.</para> |
3797 | ||
3798 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3799 | </varlistentry> |
3800 | ||
3801 | <varlistentry> | |
3802 | <term><varname>$JOURNAL_STREAM</varname></term> | |
3803 | ||
3804 | <listitem><para>If the standard output or standard error output of the executed processes are connected to the | |
3805 | journal (for example, by setting <varname>StandardError=journal</varname>) <varname>$JOURNAL_STREAM</varname> | |
3806 | contains the device and inode numbers of the connection file descriptor, formatted in decimal, separated by a | |
3807 | colon (<literal>:</literal>). This permits invoked processes to safely detect whether their standard output or | |
3808 | standard error output are connected to the journal. The device and inode numbers of the file descriptors should | |
3809 | be compared with the values set in the environment variable to determine whether the process output is still | |
3810 | connected to the journal. Note that it is generally not sufficient to only check whether | |
3811 | <varname>$JOURNAL_STREAM</varname> is set at all as services might invoke external processes replacing their | |
3812 | standard output or standard error output, without unsetting the environment variable.</para> | |
3813 | ||
3814 | <para>If both standard output and standard error of the executed processes are connected to the journal via a | |
3815 | stream socket, this environment variable will contain information about the standard error stream, as that's | |
3816 | usually the preferred destination for log data. (Note that typically the same stream is used for both standard | |
3817 | output and standard error, hence very likely the environment variable contains device and inode information | |
3818 | matching both stream file descriptors.)</para> | |
3819 | ||
3820 | <para>This environment variable is primarily useful to allow services to optionally upgrade their used log | |
3821 | protocol to the native journal protocol (using | |
3822 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_journal_print</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> and other | |
3823 | functions) if their standard output or standard error output is connected to the journal anyway, thus enabling | |
aefdc112 AK |
3824 | delivery of structured metadata along with logged messages.</para> |
3825 | ||
3826 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3827 | </varlistentry> |
3828 | ||
3829 | <varlistentry> | |
3830 | <term><varname>$SERVICE_RESULT</varname></term> | |
3831 | ||
95c81c55 | 3832 | <listitem><para>Only used for the service unit type. This environment variable is passed to all |
82651d5b ZJS |
3833 | <varname>ExecStop=</varname> and <varname>ExecStopPost=</varname> processes, and encodes the service |
3834 | "result". Currently, the following values are defined:</para> | |
3835 | ||
3836 | <table> | |
3837 | <title>Defined <varname>$SERVICE_RESULT</varname> values</title> | |
3838 | <tgroup cols='2'> | |
3839 | <colspec colname='result'/> | |
3840 | <colspec colname='meaning'/> | |
3841 | <thead> | |
3842 | <row> | |
3843 | <entry>Value</entry> | |
3844 | <entry>Meaning</entry> | |
3845 | </row> | |
3846 | </thead> | |
3847 | ||
3848 | <tbody> | |
3849 | <row> | |
3850 | <entry><literal>success</literal></entry> | |
3851 | <entry>The service ran successfully and exited cleanly.</entry> | |
3852 | </row> | |
3853 | <row> | |
3854 | <entry><literal>protocol</literal></entry> | |
3855 | <entry>A protocol violation occurred: the service did not take the steps required by its unit configuration (specifically what is configured in its <varname>Type=</varname> setting).</entry> | |
3856 | </row> | |
3857 | <row> | |
3858 | <entry><literal>timeout</literal></entry> | |
3859 | <entry>One of the steps timed out.</entry> | |
3860 | </row> | |
3861 | <row> | |
3862 | <entry><literal>exit-code</literal></entry> | |
3863 | <entry>Service process exited with a non-zero exit code; see <varname>$EXIT_CODE</varname> below for the actual exit code returned.</entry> | |
3864 | </row> | |
3865 | <row> | |
3866 | <entry><literal>signal</literal></entry> | |
3867 | <entry>A service process was terminated abnormally by a signal, without dumping core. See <varname>$EXIT_CODE</varname> below for the actual signal causing the termination.</entry> | |
3868 | </row> | |
3869 | <row> | |
3870 | <entry><literal>core-dump</literal></entry> | |
3871 | <entry>A service process terminated abnormally with a signal and dumped core. See <varname>$EXIT_CODE</varname> below for the signal causing the termination.</entry> | |
3872 | </row> | |
3873 | <row> | |
3874 | <entry><literal>watchdog</literal></entry> | |
3875 | <entry>Watchdog keep-alive ping was enabled for the service, but the deadline was missed.</entry> | |
3876 | </row> | |
b1b16aa9 RS |
3877 | <row> |
3878 | <entry><literal>exec-condition</literal></entry> | |
3879 | <entry>Service did not run because <varname>ExecCondition=</varname> failed.</entry> | |
3880 | </row> | |
3881 | <row> | |
3882 | <entry><literal>oom-kill</literal></entry> | |
3883 | <entry>A service process was terminated by the Out-Of-Memory (OOM) killer.</entry> | |
3884 | </row> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3885 | <row> |
3886 | <entry><literal>start-limit-hit</literal></entry> | |
3887 | <entry>A start limit was defined for the unit and it was hit, causing the unit to fail to start. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <varname>StartLimitIntervalSec=</varname> and <varname>StartLimitBurst=</varname> for details.</entry> | |
3888 | </row> | |
3889 | <row> | |
3890 | <entry><literal>resources</literal></entry> | |
3891 | <entry>A catch-all condition in case a system operation failed.</entry> | |
3892 | </row> | |
3893 | </tbody> | |
3894 | </tgroup> | |
3895 | </table> | |
3896 | ||
3897 | <para>This environment variable is useful to monitor failure or successful termination of a service. Even | |
3898 | though this variable is available in both <varname>ExecStop=</varname> and <varname>ExecStopPost=</varname>, it | |
3899 | is usually a better choice to place monitoring tools in the latter, as the former is only invoked for services | |
3900 | that managed to start up correctly, and the latter covers both services that failed during their start-up and | |
aefdc112 AK |
3901 | those which failed during their runtime.</para> |
3902 | ||
3903 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
3904 | </varlistentry> |
3905 | ||
3906 | <varlistentry> | |
3907 | <term><varname>$EXIT_CODE</varname></term> | |
3908 | <term><varname>$EXIT_STATUS</varname></term> | |
3909 | ||
95c81c55 | 3910 | <listitem><para>Only defined for the service unit type. These environment variables are passed to all |
82651d5b ZJS |
3911 | <varname>ExecStop=</varname>, <varname>ExecStopPost=</varname> processes and contain exit status/code |
3912 | information of the main process of the service. For the precise definition of the exit code and status, see | |
3913 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wait</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <varname>$EXIT_CODE</varname> | |
3914 | is one of <literal>exited</literal>, <literal>killed</literal>, | |
3915 | <literal>dumped</literal>. <varname>$EXIT_STATUS</varname> contains the numeric exit code formatted as string | |
3916 | if <varname>$EXIT_CODE</varname> is <literal>exited</literal>, and the signal name in all other cases. Note | |
3917 | that these environment variables are only set if the service manager succeeded to start and identify the main | |
3918 | process of the service.</para> | |
3919 | ||
3920 | <table> | |
3921 | <title>Summary of possible service result variable values</title> | |
3922 | <tgroup cols='3'> | |
3923 | <colspec colname='result' /> | |
3924 | <colspec colname='code' /> | |
3925 | <colspec colname='status' /> | |
3926 | <thead> | |
3927 | <row> | |
3928 | <entry><varname>$SERVICE_RESULT</varname></entry> | |
3929 | <entry><varname>$EXIT_CODE</varname></entry> | |
3930 | <entry><varname>$EXIT_STATUS</varname></entry> | |
3931 | </row> | |
3932 | </thead> | |
3933 | ||
3934 | <tbody> | |
3935 | <row> | |
3936 | <entry morerows="1" valign="top"><literal>success</literal></entry> | |
3937 | <entry valign="top"><literal>killed</literal></entry> | |
3938 | <entry><literal>HUP</literal>, <literal>INT</literal>, <literal>TERM</literal>, <literal>PIPE</literal></entry> | |
3939 | </row> | |
3940 | <row> | |
3941 | <entry valign="top"><literal>exited</literal></entry> | |
3942 | <entry><literal>0</literal></entry> | |
3943 | </row> | |
3944 | <row> | |
3945 | <entry morerows="1" valign="top"><literal>protocol</literal></entry> | |
3946 | <entry valign="top">not set</entry> | |
3947 | <entry>not set</entry> | |
3948 | </row> | |
3949 | <row> | |
3950 | <entry><literal>exited</literal></entry> | |
3951 | <entry><literal>0</literal></entry> | |
3952 | </row> | |
3953 | <row> | |
3954 | <entry morerows="1" valign="top"><literal>timeout</literal></entry> | |
3955 | <entry valign="top"><literal>killed</literal></entry> | |
3956 | <entry><literal>TERM</literal>, <literal>KILL</literal></entry> | |
3957 | </row> | |
3958 | <row> | |
3959 | <entry valign="top"><literal>exited</literal></entry> | |
3960 | <entry><literal>0</literal>, <literal>1</literal>, <literal>2</literal>, <literal | |
3961 | >3</literal>, …, <literal>255</literal></entry> | |
3962 | </row> | |
3963 | <row> | |
3964 | <entry valign="top"><literal>exit-code</literal></entry> | |
3965 | <entry valign="top"><literal>exited</literal></entry> | |
3966 | <entry><literal>1</literal>, <literal>2</literal>, <literal | |
3967 | >3</literal>, …, <literal>255</literal></entry> | |
3968 | </row> | |
3969 | <row> | |
3970 | <entry valign="top"><literal>signal</literal></entry> | |
3971 | <entry valign="top"><literal>killed</literal></entry> | |
3972 | <entry><literal>HUP</literal>, <literal>INT</literal>, <literal>KILL</literal>, …</entry> | |
3973 | </row> | |
3974 | <row> | |
3975 | <entry valign="top"><literal>core-dump</literal></entry> | |
3976 | <entry valign="top"><literal>dumped</literal></entry> | |
3977 | <entry><literal>ABRT</literal>, <literal>SEGV</literal>, <literal>QUIT</literal>, …</entry> | |
3978 | </row> | |
3979 | <row> | |
3980 | <entry morerows="2" valign="top"><literal>watchdog</literal></entry> | |
3981 | <entry><literal>dumped</literal></entry> | |
3982 | <entry><literal>ABRT</literal></entry> | |
3983 | </row> | |
3984 | <row> | |
3985 | <entry><literal>killed</literal></entry> | |
3986 | <entry><literal>TERM</literal>, <literal>KILL</literal></entry> | |
3987 | </row> | |
3988 | <row> | |
3989 | <entry><literal>exited</literal></entry> | |
3990 | <entry><literal>0</literal>, <literal>1</literal>, <literal>2</literal>, <literal | |
3991 | >3</literal>, …, <literal>255</literal></entry> | |
3992 | </row> | |
3993 | <row> | |
3994 | <entry valign="top"><literal>exec-condition</literal></entry> | |
3995 | <entry><literal>exited</literal></entry> | |
3996 | <entry><literal>1</literal>, <literal>2</literal>, <literal>3</literal>, <literal | |
3997 | >4</literal>, …, <literal>254</literal></entry> | |
3998 | </row> | |
3999 | <row> | |
4000 | <entry valign="top"><literal>oom-kill</literal></entry> | |
4001 | <entry valign="top"><literal>killed</literal></entry> | |
4002 | <entry><literal>TERM</literal>, <literal>KILL</literal></entry> | |
4003 | </row> | |
4004 | <row> | |
4005 | <entry><literal>start-limit-hit</literal></entry> | |
4006 | <entry>not set</entry> | |
4007 | <entry>not set</entry> | |
4008 | </row> | |
4009 | <row> | |
4010 | <entry><literal>resources</literal></entry> | |
4011 | <entry>any of the above</entry> | |
4012 | <entry>any of the above</entry> | |
4013 | </row> | |
4014 | <row> | |
4015 | <entry namest="results" nameend="status">Note: the process may be also terminated by a signal not sent by systemd. In particular the process may send an arbitrary signal to itself in a handler for any of the non-maskable signals. Nevertheless, in the <literal>timeout</literal> and <literal>watchdog</literal> rows above only the signals that systemd sends have been included. Moreover, using <varname>SuccessExitStatus=</varname> additional exit statuses may be declared to indicate clean termination, which is not reflected by this table.</entry> | |
4016 | </row> | |
4017 | </tbody> | |
4018 | </tgroup> | |
aefdc112 AK |
4019 | </table> |
4020 | ||
4021 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
4022 | </varlistentry> |
4023 | ||
03e1b666 | 4024 | <varlistentry> |
95c81c55 LB |
4025 | <term><varname>$MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT</varname></term> |
4026 | <term><varname>$MONITOR_EXIT_CODE</varname></term> | |
4027 | <term><varname>$MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS</varname></term> | |
4028 | <term><varname>$MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID</varname></term> | |
4029 | <term><varname>$MONITOR_UNIT</varname></term> | |
4030 | ||
6a1d8f11 | 4031 | <listitem><para>Only defined for the service unit type. Those environment variables are passed to |
95c81c55 LB |
4032 | all <varname>ExecStart=</varname> and <varname>ExecStartPre=</varname> processes which run in |
4033 | services triggered by <varname>OnFailure=</varname> or <varname>OnSuccess=</varname> dependencies. | |
03e1b666 PM |
4034 | </para> |
4035 | ||
95c81c55 LB |
4036 | <para>Variables <varname>$MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT</varname>, <varname>$MONITOR_EXIT_CODE</varname> |
4037 | and <varname>$MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS</varname> take the same values as for | |
4038 | <varname>ExecStop=</varname> and <varname>ExecStopPost=</varname> processes. Variables | |
4039 | <varname>$MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID</varname> and <varname>$MONITOR_UNIT</varname> are set to the | |
6a1d8f11 | 4040 | invocation id and unit name of the service which triggered the dependency.</para> |
95c81c55 LB |
4041 | |
4042 | <para>Note that when multiple services trigger the same unit, those variables will be | |
4043 | <emphasis>not</emphasis> be passed. Consider using a template handler unit for that case instead: | |
4044 | <literal>OnFailure=<replaceable>handler</replaceable>@%n.service</literal> for non-templated units, | |
4045 | or <literal>OnFailure=<replaceable>handler</replaceable>@%p-%i.service</literal> for templated | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
4046 | units.</para> |
4047 | ||
4048 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> | |
03e1b666 PM |
4049 | </varlistentry> |
4050 | ||
82651d5b ZJS |
4051 | <varlistentry> |
4052 | <term><varname>$PIDFILE</varname></term> | |
4053 | ||
4054 | <listitem><para>The path to the configured PID file, in case the process is forked off on behalf of | |
4055 | a service that uses the <varname>PIDFile=</varname> setting, see | |
4056 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> | |
4057 | for details. Service code may use this environment variable to automatically generate a PID file at | |
4058 | the location configured in the unit file. This field is set to an absolute path in the file | |
aefdc112 AK |
4059 | system.</para> |
4060 | ||
4061 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> | |
82651d5b ZJS |
4062 | </varlistentry> |
4063 | ||
e7a25942 LP |
4064 | <varlistentry> |
4065 | <term><varname>$REMOTE_ADDR</varname></term> | |
4066 | <term><varname>$REMOTE_PORT</varname></term> | |
4067 | ||
4068 | <listitem><para>If this is a unit started via per-connection socket activation (i.e. via a socket | |
4069 | unit with <varname>Accept=yes</varname>), these environment variables contain the IP address and | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
4070 | port number of the remote peer of the socket connection.</para> |
4071 | ||
4072 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> | |
e7a25942 LP |
4073 | </varlistentry> |
4074 | ||
4c420328 LB |
4075 | <varlistentry> |
4076 | <term><varname>$TRIGGER_UNIT</varname></term> | |
4077 | <term><varname>$TRIGGER_PATH</varname></term> | |
c8bc7519 LB |
4078 | <term><varname>$TRIGGER_TIMER_REALTIME_USEC</varname></term> |
4079 | <term><varname>$TRIGGER_TIMER_MONOTONIC_USEC</varname></term> | |
4c420328 | 4080 | |
c8bc7519 | 4081 | <listitem><para>If the unit was activated dynamically (e.g.: a corresponding path unit or timer unit), the |
4c420328 LB |
4082 | unit that triggered it and other type-dependent information will be passed via these variables. Note that |
4083 | this information is provided in a best-effort way. For example, multiple triggers happening one after | |
4084 | another will be coalesced and only one will be reported, with no guarantee as to which one it will be. | |
4085 | Because of this, in most cases this variable will be primarily informational, i.e. useful for debugging | |
4086 | purposes, is lossy, and should not be relied upon to propagate a comprehensive reason for activation. | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
4087 | </para> |
4088 | ||
4089 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> | |
4c420328 LB |
4090 | </varlistentry> |
4091 | ||
6bb00842 LP |
4092 | <varlistentry> |
4093 | <term><varname>$MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH</varname></term> | |
4094 | <term><varname>$MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE</varname></term> | |
4095 | ||
4096 | <listitem><para>If memory pressure monitoring is enabled for this service unit, the path to watch | |
4097 | and the data to write into it. See <ulink url="https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE">Memory Pressure | |
4098 | Handling</ulink> for details about these variables and the service protocol data they | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
4099 | convey.</para> |
4100 | ||
4101 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> | |
6bb00842 LP |
4102 | </varlistentry> |
4103 | ||
75b29fda LP |
4104 | <varlistentry> |
4105 | <term><varname>$FDSTORE</varname></term> | |
4106 | ||
67da7e9a ZJS |
4107 | <listitem><para>The maximum number of file descriptors that may be stored in the manager for the |
4108 | service. This variable is set when the file descriptor store is enabled for the service, i.e. | |
4109 | <varname>FileDescriptorStoreMax=</varname> is set to a non-zero value (see | |
75b29fda | 4110 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> |
67da7e9a | 4111 | for details). Applications may check this environment variable before sending file descriptors to |
bf63dadb ZJS |
4112 | the service manager via |
4113 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_pid_notify_with_fds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. | |
4114 | </para> | |
ec07c3c8 AK |
4115 | |
4116 | <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> | |
75b29fda LP |
4117 | </varlistentry> |
4118 | ||
82651d5b ZJS |
4119 | </variablelist> |
4120 | ||
4121 | <para>For system services, when <varname>PAMName=</varname> is enabled and <command>pam_systemd</command> is part | |
4122 | of the selected PAM stack, additional environment variables defined by systemd may be set for | |
4123 | services. Specifically, these are <varname>$XDG_SEAT</varname>, <varname>$XDG_VTNR</varname>, see | |
4124 | <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam_systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> | |
4125 | </refsect2> | |
46b07329 | 4126 | |
798d3a52 ZJS |
4127 | </refsect1> |
4128 | ||
91a8f867 | 4129 | <refsect1> |
82651d5b | 4130 | <title>Process Exit Codes</title> |
91a8f867 JS |
4131 | |
4132 | <para>When invoking a unit process the service manager possibly fails to apply the execution parameters configured | |
4133 | with the settings above. In that case the already created service process will exit with a non-zero exit code | |
4134 | before the configured command line is executed. (Or in other words, the child process possibly exits with these | |
4135 | error codes, after having been created by the <citerefentry | |
4136 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fork</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call, but | |
4137 | before the matching <citerefentry | |
4138 | project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call is | |
4139 | called.) Specifically, exit codes defined by the C library, by the LSB specification and by the systemd service | |
4140 | manager itself are used.</para> | |
4141 | ||
4142 | <para>The following basic service exit codes are defined by the C library.</para> | |
4143 | ||
4144 | <table> | |
4145 | <title>Basic C library exit codes</title> | |
4146 | <tgroup cols='3'> | |
4147 | <thead> | |
4148 | <row> | |
4149 | <entry>Exit Code</entry> | |
4150 | <entry>Symbolic Name</entry> | |
4151 | <entry>Description</entry> | |
4152 | </row> | |
4153 | </thead> | |
4154 | <tbody> | |
4155 | <row> | |
4156 | <entry>0</entry> | |
4157 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SUCCESS</constant></entry> | |
4158 | <entry>Generic success code.</entry> | |
4159 | </row> | |
4160 | <row> | |
4161 | <entry>1</entry> | |
4162 | <entry><constant>EXIT_FAILURE</constant></entry> | |
4163 | <entry>Generic failure or unspecified error.</entry> | |
4164 | </row> | |
4165 | </tbody> | |
4166 | </tgroup> | |
4167 | </table> | |
4168 | ||
4169 | <para>The following service exit codes are defined by the <ulink | |
29a3d5ca | 4170 | url="https://refspecs.linuxbase.org/LSB_5.0.0/LSB-Core-generic/LSB-Core-generic/iniscrptact.html">LSB specification</ulink>. |
91a8f867 JS |
4171 | </para> |
4172 | ||
4173 | <table> | |
4174 | <title>LSB service exit codes</title> | |
4175 | <tgroup cols='3'> | |
4176 | <thead> | |
4177 | <row> | |
4178 | <entry>Exit Code</entry> | |
4179 | <entry>Symbolic Name</entry> | |
4180 | <entry>Description</entry> | |
4181 | </row> | |
4182 | </thead> | |
4183 | <tbody> | |
4184 | <row> | |
4185 | <entry>2</entry> | |
4186 | <entry><constant>EXIT_INVALIDARGUMENT</constant></entry> | |
4187 | <entry>Invalid or excess arguments.</entry> | |
4188 | </row> | |
4189 | <row> | |
4190 | <entry>3</entry> | |
4191 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NOTIMPLEMENTED</constant></entry> | |
4192 | <entry>Unimplemented feature.</entry> | |
4193 | </row> | |
4194 | <row> | |
4195 | <entry>4</entry> | |
4196 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NOPERMISSION</constant></entry> | |
4197 | <entry>The user has insufficient privileges.</entry> | |
4198 | </row> | |
4199 | <row> | |
4200 | <entry>5</entry> | |
4201 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NOTINSTALLED</constant></entry> | |
4202 | <entry>The program is not installed.</entry> | |
4203 | </row> | |
4204 | <row> | |
4205 | <entry>6</entry> | |
4206 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NOTCONFIGURED</constant></entry> | |
4207 | <entry>The program is not configured.</entry> | |
4208 | </row> | |
4209 | <row> | |
4210 | <entry>7</entry> | |
4211 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NOTRUNNING</constant></entry> | |
4212 | <entry>The program is not running.</entry> | |
4213 | </row> | |
4214 | </tbody> | |
4215 | </tgroup> | |
4216 | </table> | |
4217 | ||
4218 | <para> | |
4219 | The LSB specification suggests that error codes 200 and above are reserved for implementations. Some of them are | |
4220 | used by the service manager to indicate problems during process invocation: | |
4221 | </para> | |
4222 | <table> | |
4223 | <title>systemd-specific exit codes</title> | |
4224 | <tgroup cols='3'> | |
4225 | <thead> | |
4226 | <row> | |
4227 | <entry>Exit Code</entry> | |
4228 | <entry>Symbolic Name</entry> | |
4229 | <entry>Description</entry> | |
4230 | </row> | |
4231 | </thead> | |
4232 | <tbody> | |
4233 | <row> | |
4234 | <entry>200</entry> | |
4235 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CHDIR</constant></entry> | |
4236 | <entry>Changing to the requested working directory failed. See <varname>WorkingDirectory=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4237 | </row> | |
4238 | <row> | |
4239 | <entry>201</entry> | |
4240 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NICE</constant></entry> | |
4241 | <entry>Failed to set up process scheduling priority (nice level). See <varname>Nice=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4242 | </row> | |
4243 | <row> | |
4244 | <entry>202</entry> | |
4245 | <entry><constant>EXIT_FDS</constant></entry> | |
4246 | <entry>Failed to close unwanted file descriptors, or to adjust passed file descriptors.</entry> | |
4247 | </row> | |
4248 | <row> | |
4249 | <entry>203</entry> | |
4250 | <entry><constant>EXIT_EXEC</constant></entry> | |
4251 | <entry>The actual process execution failed (specifically, the <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call). Most likely this is caused by a missing or non-accessible executable file.</entry> | |
4252 | </row> | |
4253 | <row> | |
4254 | <entry>204</entry> | |
4255 | <entry><constant>EXIT_MEMORY</constant></entry> | |
4256 | <entry>Failed to perform an action due to memory shortage.</entry> | |
4257 | </row> | |
4258 | <row> | |
4259 | <entry>205</entry> | |
4260 | <entry><constant>EXIT_LIMITS</constant></entry> | |
dcfaecc7 | 4261 | <entry>Failed to adjust resource limits. See <varname>LimitCPU=</varname> and related settings above.</entry> |
91a8f867 JS |
4262 | </row> |
4263 | <row> | |
4264 | <entry>206</entry> | |
4265 | <entry><constant>EXIT_OOM_ADJUST</constant></entry> | |
4266 | <entry>Failed to adjust the OOM setting. See <varname>OOMScoreAdjust=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4267 | </row> | |
4268 | <row> | |
4269 | <entry>207</entry> | |
4270 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SIGNAL_MASK</constant></entry> | |
4271 | <entry>Failed to set process signal mask.</entry> | |
4272 | </row> | |
4273 | <row> | |
4274 | <entry>208</entry> | |
4275 | <entry><constant>EXIT_STDIN</constant></entry> | |
4276 | <entry>Failed to set up standard input. See <varname>StandardInput=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4277 | </row> | |
4278 | <row> | |
4279 | <entry>209</entry> | |
4280 | <entry><constant>EXIT_STDOUT</constant></entry> | |
4281 | <entry>Failed to set up standard output. See <varname>StandardOutput=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4282 | </row> | |
4283 | <row> | |
4284 | <entry>210</entry> | |
4285 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CHROOT</constant></entry> | |
4286 | <entry>Failed to change root directory (<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>). See <varname>RootDirectory=</varname>/<varname>RootImage=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4287 | </row> | |
4288 | <row> | |
4289 | <entry>211</entry> | |
4290 | <entry><constant>EXIT_IOPRIO</constant></entry> | |
4291 | <entry>Failed to set up IO scheduling priority. See <varname>IOSchedulingClass=</varname>/<varname>IOSchedulingPriority=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4292 | </row> | |
4293 | <row> | |
4294 | <entry>212</entry> | |
4295 | <entry><constant>EXIT_TIMERSLACK</constant></entry> | |
4296 | <entry>Failed to set up timer slack. See <varname>TimerSlackNSec=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4297 | </row> | |
4298 | <row> | |
4299 | <entry>213</entry> | |
4300 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SECUREBITS</constant></entry> | |
4301 | <entry>Failed to set process secure bits. See <varname>SecureBits=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4302 | </row> | |
4303 | <row> | |
4304 | <entry>214</entry> | |
4305 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SETSCHEDULER</constant></entry> | |
4306 | <entry>Failed to set up CPU scheduling. See <varname>CPUSchedulingPolicy=</varname>/<varname>CPUSchedulingPriority=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4307 | </row> | |
4308 | <row> | |
4309 | <entry>215</entry> | |
4310 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CPUAFFINITY</constant></entry> | |
4311 | <entry>Failed to set up CPU affinity. See <varname>CPUAffinity=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4312 | </row> | |
4313 | <row> | |
4314 | <entry>216</entry> | |
4315 | <entry><constant>EXIT_GROUP</constant></entry> | |
4316 | <entry>Failed to determine or change group credentials. See <varname>Group=</varname>/<varname>SupplementaryGroups=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4317 | </row> | |
4318 | <row> | |
4319 | <entry>217</entry> | |
4320 | <entry><constant>EXIT_USER</constant></entry> | |
4321 | <entry>Failed to determine or change user credentials, or to set up user namespacing. See <varname>User=</varname>/<varname>PrivateUsers=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4322 | </row> | |
4323 | <row> | |
4324 | <entry>218</entry> | |
4325 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CAPABILITIES</constant></entry> | |
4326 | <entry>Failed to drop capabilities, or apply ambient capabilities. See <varname>CapabilityBoundingSet=</varname>/<varname>AmbientCapabilities=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4327 | </row> | |
4328 | <row> | |
4329 | <entry>219</entry> | |
4330 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CGROUP</constant></entry> | |
4331 | <entry>Setting up the service control group failed.</entry> | |
4332 | </row> | |
4333 | <row> | |
4334 | <entry>220</entry> | |
4335 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SETSID</constant></entry> | |
4336 | <entry>Failed to create new process session.</entry> | |
4337 | </row> | |
4338 | <row> | |
4339 | <entry>221</entry> | |
4340 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CONFIRM</constant></entry> | |
4341 | <entry>Execution has been cancelled by the user. See the <varname>systemd.confirm_spawn=</varname> kernel command line setting on <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kernel-command-line</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</entry> | |
4342 | </row> | |
4343 | <row> | |
4344 | <entry>222</entry> | |
4345 | <entry><constant>EXIT_STDERR</constant></entry> | |
4346 | <entry>Failed to set up standard error output. See <varname>StandardError=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4347 | </row> | |
4348 | <row> | |
4349 | <entry>224</entry> | |
4350 | <entry><constant>EXIT_PAM</constant></entry> | |
4351 | <entry>Failed to set up PAM session. See <varname>PAMName=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4352 | </row> | |
4353 | <row> | |
4354 | <entry>225</entry> | |
4355 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NETWORK</constant></entry> | |
4356 | <entry>Failed to set up network namespacing. See <varname>PrivateNetwork=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4357 | </row> | |
4358 | <row> | |
4359 | <entry>226</entry> | |
4360 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NAMESPACE</constant></entry> | |
a70581ff | 4361 | <entry>Failed to set up mount, UTS, or IPC namespacing. See <varname>ReadOnlyPaths=</varname>, <varname>ProtectHostname=</varname>, <varname>PrivateIPC=</varname>, and related settings above.</entry> |
91a8f867 JS |
4362 | </row> |
4363 | <row> | |
4364 | <entry>227</entry> | |
4365 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NO_NEW_PRIVILEGES</constant></entry> | |
dcfaecc7 | 4366 | <entry>Failed to disable new privileges. See <varname>NoNewPrivileges=yes</varname> above.</entry> |
91a8f867 JS |
4367 | </row> |
4368 | <row> | |
4369 | <entry>228</entry> | |
4370 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SECCOMP</constant></entry> | |
4371 | <entry>Failed to apply system call filters. See <varname>SystemCallFilter=</varname> and related settings above.</entry> | |
4372 | </row> | |
4373 | <row> | |
4374 | <entry>229</entry> | |
4375 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SELINUX_CONTEXT</constant></entry> | |
4376 | <entry>Determining or changing SELinux context failed. See <varname>SELinuxContext=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4377 | </row> | |
4378 | <row> | |
4379 | <entry>230</entry> | |
4380 | <entry><constant>EXIT_PERSONALITY</constant></entry> | |
dcfaecc7 | 4381 | <entry>Failed to set up an execution domain (personality). See <varname>Personality=</varname> above.</entry> |
91a8f867 JS |
4382 | </row> |
4383 | <row> | |
4384 | <entry>231</entry> | |
4385 | <entry><constant>EXIT_APPARMOR_PROFILE</constant></entry> | |
4386 | <entry>Failed to prepare changing AppArmor profile. See <varname>AppArmorProfile=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4387 | </row> | |
4388 | <row> | |
4389 | <entry>232</entry> | |
4390 | <entry><constant>EXIT_ADDRESS_FAMILIES</constant></entry> | |
4391 | <entry>Failed to restrict address families. See <varname>RestrictAddressFamilies=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4392 | </row> | |
4393 | <row> | |
4394 | <entry>233</entry> | |
4395 | <entry><constant>EXIT_RUNTIME_DIRECTORY</constant></entry> | |
4396 | <entry>Setting up runtime directory failed. See <varname>RuntimeDirectory=</varname> and related settings above.</entry> | |
4397 | </row> | |
4398 | <row> | |
4399 | <entry>235</entry> | |
4400 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CHOWN</constant></entry> | |
4401 | <entry>Failed to adjust socket ownership. Used for socket units only.</entry> | |
4402 | </row> | |
4403 | <row> | |
4404 | <entry>236</entry> | |
4405 | <entry><constant>EXIT_SMACK_PROCESS_LABEL</constant></entry> | |
4406 | <entry>Failed to set SMACK label. See <varname>SmackProcessLabel=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4407 | </row> | |
4408 | <row> | |
4409 | <entry>237</entry> | |
4410 | <entry><constant>EXIT_KEYRING</constant></entry> | |
4411 | <entry>Failed to set up kernel keyring.</entry> | |
4412 | </row> | |
4413 | <row> | |
4414 | <entry>238</entry> | |
4415 | <entry><constant>EXIT_STATE_DIRECTORY</constant></entry> | |
dcfaecc7 | 4416 | <entry>Failed to set up unit's state directory. See <varname>StateDirectory=</varname> above.</entry> |
91a8f867 JS |
4417 | </row> |
4418 | <row> | |
4419 | <entry>239</entry> | |
4420 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CACHE_DIRECTORY</constant></entry> | |
dcfaecc7 | 4421 | <entry>Failed to set up unit's cache directory. See <varname>CacheDirectory=</varname> above.</entry> |
91a8f867 JS |
4422 | </row> |
4423 | <row> | |
4424 | <entry>240</entry> | |
4425 | <entry><constant>EXIT_LOGS_DIRECTORY</constant></entry> | |
dcfaecc7 | 4426 | <entry>Failed to set up unit's logging directory. See <varname>LogsDirectory=</varname> above.</entry> |
91a8f867 JS |
4427 | </row> |
4428 | <row> | |
4429 | <entry>241</entry> | |
4430 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY</constant></entry> | |
dcfaecc7 | 4431 | <entry>Failed to set up unit's configuration directory. See <varname>ConfigurationDirectory=</varname> above.</entry> |
91a8f867 | 4432 | </row> |
b070c7c0 MS |
4433 | <row> |
4434 | <entry>242</entry> | |
4435 | <entry><constant>EXIT_NUMA_POLICY</constant></entry> | |
e9dd6984 | 4436 | <entry>Failed to set up unit's NUMA memory policy. See <varname>NUMAPolicy=</varname> and <varname>NUMAMask=</varname> above.</entry> |
b070c7c0 | 4437 | </row> |
3220cf39 LP |
4438 | <row> |
4439 | <entry>243</entry> | |
4440 | <entry><constant>EXIT_CREDENTIALS</constant></entry> | |
bbfb25f4 | 4441 | <entry>Failed to set up unit's credentials. See <varname>ImportCredential=</varname>, <varname>LoadCredential=</varname> and <varname>SetCredential=</varname> above.</entry> |
3220cf39 | 4442 | </row> |
d6d6f55d ILG |
4443 | <row> |
4444 | <entry>245</entry> | |
4445 | <entry><constant>EXIT_BPF</constant></entry> | |
4446 | <entry>Failed to apply BPF restrictions. See <varname>RestrictFileSystems=</varname> above.</entry> | |
4447 | </row> | |
91a8f867 JS |
4448 | </tbody> |
4449 | </tgroup> | |
4450 | </table> | |
3e0bff7d LP |
4451 | |
4452 | <para>Finally, the BSD operating systems define a set of exit codes, typically defined on Linux systems too:</para> | |
4453 | ||
4454 | <table> | |
4455 | <title>BSD exit codes</title> | |
4456 | <tgroup cols='3'> | |
4457 | <thead> | |
4458 | <row> | |
4459 | <entry>Exit Code</entry> | |
4460 | <entry>Symbolic Name</entry> | |
4461 | <entry>Description</entry> | |
4462 | </row> | |
4463 | </thead> | |
4464 | <tbody> | |
4465 | <row> | |
4466 | <entry>64</entry> | |
4467 | <entry><constant>EX_USAGE</constant></entry> | |
4468 | <entry>Command line usage error</entry> | |
4469 | </row> | |
4470 | <row> | |
4471 | <entry>65</entry> | |
4472 | <entry><constant>EX_DATAERR</constant></entry> | |
4473 | <entry>Data format error</entry> | |
4474 | </row> | |
4475 | <row> | |
4476 | <entry>66</entry> | |
4477 | <entry><constant>EX_NOINPUT</constant></entry> | |
4478 | <entry>Cannot open input</entry> | |
4479 | </row> | |
4480 | <row> | |
4481 | <entry>67</entry> | |
4482 | <entry><constant>EX_NOUSER</constant></entry> | |
4483 | <entry>Addressee unknown</entry> | |
4484 | </row> | |
4485 | <row> | |
4486 | <entry>68</entry> | |
4487 | <entry><constant>EX_NOHOST</constant></entry> | |
4488 | <entry>Host name unknown</entry> | |
4489 | </row> | |
4490 | <row> | |
4491 | <entry>69</entry> | |
4492 | <entry><constant>EX_UNAVAILABLE</constant></entry> | |
4493 | <entry>Service unavailable</entry> | |
4494 | </row> | |
4495 | <row> | |
4496 | <entry>70</entry> | |
4497 | <entry><constant>EX_SOFTWARE</constant></entry> | |
4498 | <entry>internal software error</entry> | |
4499 | </row> | |
4500 | <row> | |
4501 | <entry>71</entry> | |
4502 | <entry><constant>EX_OSERR</constant></entry> | |
4503 | <entry>System error (e.g., can't fork)</entry> | |
4504 | </row> | |
4505 | <row> | |
4506 | <entry>72</entry> | |
4507 | <entry><constant>EX_OSFILE</constant></entry> | |
4508 | <entry>Critical OS file missing</entry> | |
4509 | </row> | |
4510 | <row> | |
4511 | <entry>73</entry> | |
4512 | <entry><constant>EX_CANTCREAT</constant></entry> | |
4513 | <entry>Can't create (user) output file</entry> | |
4514 | </row> | |
4515 | <row> | |
4516 | <entry>74</entry> | |
4517 | <entry><constant>EX_IOERR</constant></entry> | |
4518 | <entry>Input/output error</entry> | |
4519 | </row> | |
4520 | <row> | |
4521 | <entry>75</entry> | |
4522 | <entry><constant>EX_TEMPFAIL</constant></entry> | |
4523 | <entry>Temporary failure; user is invited to retry</entry> | |
4524 | </row> | |
4525 | <row> | |
4526 | <entry>76</entry> | |
4527 | <entry><constant>EX_PROTOCOL</constant></entry> | |
4528 | <entry>Remote error in protocol</entry> | |
4529 | </row> | |
4530 | <row> | |
4531 | <entry>77</entry> | |
4532 | <entry><constant>EX_NOPERM</constant></entry> | |
4533 | <entry>Permission denied</entry> | |
4534 | </row> | |
4535 | <row> | |
4536 | <entry>78</entry> | |
4537 | <entry><constant>EX_CONFIG</constant></entry> | |
4538 | <entry>Configuration error</entry> | |
4539 | </row> | |
4540 | </tbody> | |
4541 | </tgroup> | |
4542 | </table> | |
91a8f867 JS |
4543 | </refsect1> |
4544 | ||
03e1b666 PM |
4545 | <refsect1> |
4546 | <title>Examples</title> | |
4547 | ||
4548 | <example> | |
95c81c55 | 4549 | <title><varname>$MONITOR_<replaceable>*</replaceable></varname> usage</title> |
03e1b666 PM |
4550 | |
4551 | <para>A service <filename index="false">myfailer.service</filename> which can trigger an | |
4552 | <varname>OnFailure=</varname> dependency.</para> | |
4553 | ||
4554 | <programlisting> | |
4555 | [Unit] | |
4556 | Description=Service which can trigger an OnFailure= dependency | |
4557 | OnFailure=myhandler.service | |
4558 | ||
4559 | [Service] | |
4560 | ExecStart=/bin/myprogram | |
4561 | </programlisting> | |
4562 | ||
4563 | <para>A service <filename index="false">mysuccess.service</filename> which can trigger an | |
4564 | <varname>OnSuccess=</varname> dependency.</para> | |
4565 | ||
4566 | <programlisting> | |
4567 | [Unit] | |
4568 | Description=Service which can trigger an OnSuccess= dependency | |
4569 | OnSuccess=myhandler.service | |
4570 | ||
4571 | [Service] | |
4572 | ExecStart=/bin/mysecondprogram | |
4573 | </programlisting> | |
4574 | ||
4575 | <para>A service <filename index="false">myhandler.service</filename> which can be triggered | |
4576 | by any of the above services.</para> | |
4577 | ||
4578 | <programlisting> | |
4579 | [Unit] | |
4580 | Description=Acts on service failing or succeeding | |
4581 | ||
4582 | [Service] | |
95c81c55 | 4583 | ExecStart=/bin/bash -c "echo $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID $MONITOR_UNIT" |
03e1b666 PM |
4584 | </programlisting> |
4585 | ||
4586 | <para>If <filename index="false">myfailer.service</filename> were to run and exit in failure, | |
4587 | then <filename index="false">myhandler.service</filename> would be triggered and the | |
95c81c55 | 4588 | monitor variables would be set as follows:</para> |
03e1b666 PM |
4589 | |
4590 | <programlisting> | |
95c81c55 LB |
4591 | MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT=exit-code |
4592 | MONITOR_EXIT_CODE=exited | |
4593 | MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS=1 | |
4594 | MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID=cc8fdc149b2b4ca698d4f259f4054236 | |
4595 | MONITOR_UNIT=myfailer.service | |
03e1b666 PM |
4596 | </programlisting> |
4597 | ||
4598 | <para>If <filename index="false">mysuccess.service</filename> were to run and exit in success, | |
4599 | then <filename index="false">myhandler.service</filename> would be triggered and the | |
95c81c55 | 4600 | monitor variables would be set as follows:</para> |
03e1b666 PM |
4601 | |
4602 | <programlisting> | |
95c81c55 LB |
4603 | MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT=success |
4604 | MONITOR_EXIT_CODE=exited | |
4605 | MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS=0 | |
4606 | MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID=6ab9af147b8c4a3ebe36e7a5f8611697 | |
4607 | MONITOR_UNIT=mysuccess.service | |
03e1b666 PM |
4608 | </programlisting> |
4609 | ||
4610 | </example> | |
4611 | ||
4612 | </refsect1> | |
4613 | ||
798d3a52 ZJS |
4614 | <refsect1> |
4615 | <title>See Also</title> | |
13a69c12 DT |
4616 | <para><simplelist type="inline"> |
4617 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4618 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4619 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-analyze</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4620 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4621 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4622 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4623 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4624 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4625 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.swap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4626 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4627 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4628 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4629 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4630 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.directives</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4631 | <member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4632 | <member><citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4633 | <member><citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fork</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry></member> | |
4634 | </simplelist></para> | |
798d3a52 | 4635 | </refsect1> |
dd1eb43b LP |
4636 | |
4637 | </refentry> |